null  null
ofcobc_Layout 1 3/4/14 9:01 AM Page 1
CT-BAS
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC.
P.O. Box 373
Michigan City, IN 46360
Return Service Requested
©Copyright 2014 Dwyer Instruments, Inc.
Printed in U.S.A.
3/14
ifcibc_Layout 1 3/4/14 9:00 AM Page 1
ORDERING IS EASY FROM DWYER
STANDARD TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SALE
PHONE
219/879-8000
Dwyer Instruments, Inc. - Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale
FAX
219/872-9057
1. Prices and Specifications are subject to change without notice.
EMAIL
[email protected]
5. State and Local Taxes: Any taxes which the Seller may be required to pay or collect upon or with respect to the sale, purchase,
delivery, use or consumption of any of the material covered hereby shall be for the account of the Buyer and shall be added to the
purchase price.
6. Special tooling, dies, silk screens and molds acquired specially to produce goods for Buyer remain the property of Dwyer Instruments,
Inc., and may not be removed. They will be maintained in good condition for a minimum period of three years from the date of the
original purchase order.
LOCAL SUPPORT GLOBALLY
7. Export Orders: Terms, discounts and conditions of sale for purchase orders originating or for shipment to final destinations outside
the U.S.A. will be furnished upon request.
Corporate Headquarters
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC.
102 Indiana Highway 212,
P.O. Box 373
Michigan City, IN 46360, U.S.A.
United Kingdom
DWYER INSTRUMENTS LTD
Unit 16, The Wye Estate, London Road
High Wycombe, Bucks HP11 1LH-U.K.
PHONE
219/879-8000
PHONE
FAX
(+44) (0) 1494 461707 (+44) (0) 1494 465102
Australia
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, PTY. LTD.
Unit 1, 11 Waverley Drive
Unanderra, NSW 2526 Australia
Hong Kong
DWYER INSTRUMENTS HK, LTD.
Unit 605A, 6/F, Shui Hing Centre
13 Sheung Yuet Road, Kowloon Bay, Hong Kong
PHONE
(+61) (0) 2 4272 2055
PHONE
+852-23181007
FAX
(+61) (0) 2 4272 4055
FAX
+852-27561565
INTERNATIONAL CUSTOMERS
Dwyer has local distributors in over 50 countries. Contact the office of your country or contact the corporate
headquarters to find your local distributor. You can also go to our website at the following address to be contacted by
your local distributor: http://www.dwyer-inst.com/Distributors/DistContactInfo.cfm.
OTHER CONTACTS
TECHNICAL
SUPPORT
[email protected]
LITERATURE
REQUESTS
[email protected]
3. Terms: Net 30 days to companies with established credit rating. In the event Buyer fails to fulfill previous terms of payment, or in case
Seller shall have any doubt at any time as to Buyer’s financial responsibility, Seller may decline to make further deliveries except upon
receipt of cash in advance or other special arrangements.
4. Liability Point and Title: All material is sold EXW Ex Works Dwyer Instruments, Inc. Title to all material sold shall pass to buyer upon
delivery by Seller to carrier at shipping point.
WEBSITE
www.dwyer-inst.com
FAX
219/872-9057
2. Shipping dates are approximate. They are dependent upon credit approval and subject to delays beyond our control.
QUOTATION/
BID REQUESTS
[email protected]
GENERAL
INFORMATION
[email protected]
8. Limited Warranty: The Seller warrants all Dwyer instruments and equipment to be free from defects in workmanship or material under
normal use and service for a period of one year from date of shipment. Liability under this warranty is limited to repair or replacement
EXW Ex Works Dwyer Instruments, Inc of any parts which prove to be defective within that time or repayment of the purchase price at
the Seller’s option provided the instruments have been returned, transportation prepaid, within one year from date of purchase. All
technical advice, recommendations and services are based on technical data and information which the Seller believes to be reliable
and are intended for use by persons having skill and knowledge of the business, at their own discretion. In no case is Seller liable
beyond replacement of equipment EXW Ex Works Dwyer Instruments, Inc or the full purchase price. This warranty does not apply if the
maximum ratings label is removed or if the instrument or equipment is abused, altered, used at ratings above the maximum specified,
or otherwise misused in any way.
THIS EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS MADE BY
ADVERTISEMENTS OR BY AGENTS AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, BOTH EXPRESS AND IMPLIED. THERE ARE NO IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE FOR GOODS COVERED HEREUNDER.
9. Buyer’s Remedies: THE BUYER’S EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN RESPECT TO THE FURNISHING
OF NON-CONFORMING OR DEFECTIVE MATERIAL SHALL BE TO SECURE REPLACEMENT THEREOF AS AFORESAID. THE
SELLER SHALL NOT IN ANY EVENT BE LIABLE FOR THE COST OF ANY LABOR EXPENDED ON ANY SUCH MATERIAL OR FOR
ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES TO ANYONE BY REASON OF THE FACT THAT
IT SHALL HAVE BEEN NON-CONFORMING OR DEFECTIVE.
10. Acceptance: All orders shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained or referred to in the Seller’s quotation,
acknowledgment, and to those listed here and to no others whatsoever. No waiver, alteration or modification of these terms and conditions
shall be binding unless in writing and signed by an executive officer of the Seller. All orders are subject to written acceptance by Dwyer
Instruments, Inc., Michigan City, Indiana, U.S.A.
001_Layout 2 3/17/14 1:38 PM Page 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Air Handler Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Heating & Cooling Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Variable-Air-Volume Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Outdoor & Parking Garage Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
PRESSURE
Series 616KD, Differential Pressure Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Series MS2, Magensense®II Differential Pressure Transmitter . . . . . . . . .6-7
Series DH3, Digihelic® Differential Pressure Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Series 1900, Compact Low Differential Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Series 1831, DPDT Low Differential Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
Series ADPS/EDPS, H.V.A.C. Differential Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Series DX, Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Series 645, Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Series 629, Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Series 3100, Explosion-Proof Differential Pressure Transmitter . . . . . . . .13
Series 626 & 628, Industrial Pressure Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
AIR VELOCITY
Series AVU, Air Velocity Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Model AAFS, Adjustable Air Flow Paddle Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Series AFG, Averaging Flow Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Series MAFS, Metal Averaging Flow Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Series PAFS-1000, Averaging Flow Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Series FAFM, Fan Inlet Air Flow Measuring Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Series DAFM, Duct Air Flow Measuring Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Series FLST, Duct Mounted Airflow Measurement Station . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Series STRA, Duct Mounted Airflow Measurement Station . . . . . . . . . . . .21
HUMIDITY
Series RHP-E/N, Wall Mount Humidity/Temperature/
Dew Point Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Series RHP, Humidity/Temperature Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Series RHRS, Outside Air Humidity Radiation Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Series WHT, Weather-Resistant Humidity/
Temperature Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Series RH-R, Humidity/Temperature Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
GAS SENSING
Series CDT, Carbon Dioxide/Temperature Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Series CDTR, Carbon Dioxide/RH/Temperature Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . .27
Series CDTA, Communicating Carbon Dioxide Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Series GSTA, Carbon Monoxide/Nitrogen Dioxide Gas Transmitter . . . . .29
Model CMT200, Carbon Monoxide Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
OCCUPANCY
Model OSC-200, Omnidirectional Occupancy Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Model OSW-100, Wall Mount Occupancy Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
FLOW
Series FS-2, Vane Flow Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Series TDFS, Thermal Dispersion Flow Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Series PFT, Paddlewheel Flow Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Series WMT2/WM2, Multi-Jet Water Meter with Pulsed Output . . . . . . . . .33
Model UFM, Compact Ultrasonic Flowmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Series UFB, Ultrasonic Flowmeter Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Series IEFS, Insertion Electromagnetic Flow Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
TEMPERATURE
Series TE-N/E, Wall Mount Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Series TE-WSS, Stainless Steel Wall Plate Temperature Sensor . . . . . . .37
Series TE, Duct and Immersion Temperature Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Series AD, Air/Duct Temperature Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Series I2-1, Immersion Temperature Probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Series TE-I, Immersion Temperature Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Series I2-2, General Purpose Immersion Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . .41
Series I2-4, Weather-Proof Immersion Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . .41
Series TE-A, Averaging Temperature Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Series CC1, Averaging Temperature Sensor Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Series AVG, Averaging Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Series S2-1, Surface Mount Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Series S2-2, General Purpose Surface Temperature Assembly . . . . . . . . .44
Series S2-4, Weatherproof Surface Temperature Assembly . . . . . . . . . . .44
Series TE-SNW, Weather Resistant Surface Temperature Sensor . . . . . .45
Series O-4, Outside Air Temperature Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Series TE-OND/TE-RND, Outdoor Temperature Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Series IT, Industrial Thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Series IT-W, Industrial Thermometer Thermowells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Series DFS, Low Limit Freeze Protection Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Series LVT, Digital Progammable Indoor Thermostat with Heat Pump
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Model PLVT1, Compact Digital Thermostat with
Heat Pump Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Model TLVT1, Digital Touch Screen Programmable Thermostat with
Heat Pump Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
LEVEL
Series WD3, Water Leak Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Model WD, Water Detector and Sensor Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Series ULT, Ultrasonic Level Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Series CFS2, Cable Float Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Series PBLT2, Submersible Level Transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Series SBLT2, Submersible Level Transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
ELECTRICAL
Series SPPM, Smart Programmable Panel Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Series DPMA, LCD Digital Panel Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Series DPML, LCD Digital Panel Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Series DPMP, LCD Digital Panel Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Series DPMW, LCD Digital Panel Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Series DPMX, Extra Large Digital Panel Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Series DPMF, Flush Mount LCD Digital Panel Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Series CCS, Current Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Series MCS, Miniature Current Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Series SCS, Current Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Series SCT, Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Series CCT40/50, Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Series CCT60/70, True RMS Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Model BPS-005, Low Cost DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Model BPS-015, Low Cost DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Model SCD-PS, DIN Rail Mount DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Series APT, AC Power Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Series AN2, Indicating Alarm Annunciator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Series SC4380, Iso Verter®II Signal Conditioning Modules . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Series 62, Hockey Puck Solid State Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Series 9, Electromechanical Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Series 781, SPDT Ice Cube Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Series 782, DPDT Ice Cube Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Series 783, 3PDT Ice Cube Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Series 784, 4PDT Ice Cube Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
ACCESSORIES
Static Pressure Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Static Pressure Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Gage Tubing Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
1
002_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:13 AM Page 1
AIR HANDLER APPLICATION
2
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
003_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:14 AM Page 1
HEATING & COOLING APPLICATION
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
3
004_Layout 2 3/10/14 10:46 AM Page 1
VARIABLE-AIR-VOLUME APPLICATION
OUTDOOR & PARKING GARAGE APPLICATION
4
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
005_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:14 AM Page 1
PRESSURE
Series
616KD
Differential Pressure Transmitter
®
Digital Push-Button Calibration with One-Touch
Transmitter Technology, DIN Mount Housing
RoHS
OPTIONAL
TERMINAL COVER
5/8
[15.88]
R
Optional
protective cap
Ø5/32 [3.97]
MOUNTING
HOLE
2 PLACES
One Touch® Digital
Push Button sets
both zero & span
The Series 616KD Differential Pressure Transmitters with One-Touch®
technology are designed for simplicity, making them the ideal choice for installers
and maintenance professionals.
The One-Touch® Differential Pressure Transmitters are cost-effective, compact
transmitters that reduce up front costs as well as expenses over the life of the
product. These instruments not only alleviate cumbersome turn pots typically found
in most transmitters, but eliminate entirely the need to span the instrument during
calibration. With a single digital push button, both ZERO AND SPAN are calibrated
properly, nothing else is required. No additional reference pressure sources and
separate calibration devices are necessary; no need to remove from service and send
to a lab. All that is required of the installer or user is to let the unit sit at zero
reference pressure, then push a button. That is it! The transmitter is now ready for
operation. Time savings are enormous over the life of the product compared to
traditional transmitters which require time to annually remove the product from
service plus the additional time to actually perform a complete full-span calibration.
Mounting is simple with integral mounting holes on the 616KD that are inherent to
the molded housing. The 616KD has the expanded capability to be mounted on a 35
mm DIN rail either via its side or back integral DIN rail clips. The Series 616KD
has easy-to-wire open screw terminals at the top of the housing. An optional
protective cap snaps directly to housing to cover terminals.
The One-Touch® family of Differential Pressure Transmitters are ideal for building
automation applications such as air handlers, duct pressure, variable air volume and
filter monitoring. Available models include ranges from 1 in w.c. to 20 in w.c.
depending on series.
ACCESSORIES
A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16˝ ID
rubber or plastic tubing. 4˝ insertion depth. Includes mounting screws
A-360, Aluminum DIN Rail, 1 m
A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip
A-489, 4˝ Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange
A-618, Protective Terminal Cap
SCD-PS, 100 to 240 VAC/VDC to 24 VDC Power Supply
OPTION
For NIST traceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers.
Example: 616KD-01-NIST.
2-1/4
[57.15]
2-13/32
[61.12]
5/16
[7.94]
3-21/64
[84.53]
2-13/32
[61.12]
1/2
[12.70]
1-1/2
[38.10]
7/8
[22.23]
1-1/32
[26.19]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Accuracy: ±2% FS.
Stability: ±1% FS/year.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C).
Pressure Limits: 2 psi (13.8 kPa).
Thermal Effect on Span: ±0.11% FS/°F (±0.19% FS/°C) typ.
Thermal Effect on Zero: 616KD-X0: 0.6%/°F (1%/°C); 616KD-X1: 0.3%/°F
(0.5%/°C); 616KD-X2: 0.2%/°F (0.33%/°C); 616KD-X3: 0.12%/°F (0.2%/°C);
616KD-X4: 0.06%/°F (0.1%/°C) FS max.
Power Requirements: 16 to 35 VDC (2 or 3 wire), 20 to 28 VAC (3 wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA or unit with field selectable 0 to 10 & 0 to 5 volt.
Zero and Span Adjustments: Push button.
Loop Resistance: DC=1000 Ω max.; AC=1200 Ω max.
Current Consumption: 21 mA max.
Electrical Connections: Screw-type terminal block.
Process Connections: Barbed, dual size to fit 1/8˝ & 3/16˝ (3 mm & 5 mm)
ID rubber or vinyl tubing.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA1 (IP10).
Mounting Orientation: Position insensitive.
Weight: 1.8 oz (51 g).
Agency Approval: CE, RoHS.
Model
616KD-00
616KD-01
616KD-02
616KD-03
616KD-04
616KD-05
616KD-06
616KD-07
616KD-10
616KD-11
616KD-12
616KD-13
616KD-14
Range
0 to 1 in w.c.
0 to 2 in w.c.
0 to 3 in w.c.
0 to 5 in w.c.
0 to 10 in w.c.
0 to 15 in w.c.
0 to 20 in w.c.
0 to 25 in w.c.
0 to 250 Pa
0 to 500 Pa
0 to 750 Pa
0 to 1250 Pa
0 to 2500 Pa
Note: For field selectable 0 to 10 / 0 to 5 volt output models, add -V to end of
model. Ex: 616KD-01-V.
See page 68 for process tubing options.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
5
PRESSURE
006_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:15 AM Page 1
Series
MS2
®
Magnesense II Differential
Pressure Transmitter
®
Monitors Pressure, Air Velocity & Air Flow, BACnet/Modbus Communications
21/32
[16.67]
Ø3-7/16
[Ø87.31]
2-41/64
[67.07]
1/2 NPT
21/32
29/32
[16.67] [23.02]
2-11/64
1/2 [55.17]
[12.70]
57/64
[22.62]
2-9/16
[65.09]
Wall Mount Bracket
(3) 3/16 [4.76] HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
4.115 [104.52] BC
3/8
[9.53]
ø3-7/16
[Ø87.31]
7-3/4
[196.77]
Duct Mount Bracket
21/32
21/32
2-11/64
[16.67]
[16.67]
29/32
[55.17]
[23.02] 1/2
2-41/64
[12.70]
[67.24]
1/2 NPT
1-41/64
[41.71]
The Series MS2 Magnesense® II Differential Pressure Transmitter combines
the proven stable Hall Effect sensing technology of our original Series MS with
additional features to reduce installation time and simplify ordering. In this second
generation transmitter, we have added additional field selectable pressure ranges so
that each model can have four selectable ranges along with four additional
bidirectional ranges. When using the pluggable integral display or the portable
remote display tool, both Metric and English engineering units can be selected via on
board dip switches. Dual current and voltage outputs allow users to simultaneously
take either a current or voltage output to their building controller and have a local test
circuit for verification of the output reading. The voltage output can be selected to
be either 0 to 5 VDC or 0 to 10 VDC, while the current is always 4 to 20 mA. Both
the current and voltage output can also be inverted. The MS2 can also be ordered
with either a BACnet® or MODBUS® Communications protocol output that will allow
the transmitters to be daisy-chained together.
Like the original Series MS, the second generation transmitter can be used as a linear
pressure output or a linear velocity output with the square root extraction done in the
transmitter. Additional parameters have been included to expand the square root
capability to include flow measurements.
Pa
in w.c.
mm w.c.
kPa
Model
2.5, 4, 6,
0.025, 0.04,
MS2-W101 0.10, 0.15, 25, 40 50,
125
0.25, 0.50
10
0.05, 0.125
±0.025, ±0.04,
MS2-W111 ±0.10, ±0.15, ±25, ±40, ±50, ±2.5, ±4,
±0.25, ±0.5 ±125
±6, ±10
±0.05, ±0.125
250, 500, 750, 25, 50, 75,
0.25, 0.5, 0.75,
MS2-W102 1, 2, 3, 5
1250
125
1.25
2.5, 3.5, 5.0,
MS2-W103* 10, 15, 25, 2500, 3500, 250, 350,
5000, 6975
28
500, 697.5
6.975
*Models can be changed in the field to have zero centered ranges at reduced
accuracy.
OPTIONS
Add -LCD to end of model numbers for units with display
Example: MS2-W101-LCD
Add -BC to end of model numbers for BACnet Communications
Example: MS2-W101-BC
Add -MC to end of model numbers for Modbus® Communications
Example: MS2-W101-MC
Add -NIST to end of model numbers for NIST Traceable Certificate
Example: MS2-W101-NIST
Add -FC to end of model numbers for Factory Calibration Certificate
Example: MS2-W101-FC
Change W to D for Duct Mount Static Probe
Example: MS2-D101
Change W to N for DIN Rail Mounting
Example: MS2-N101
25/64
[9.96]
57/64
[22.62]
DIN Mount Bracket
3-11/32
[84.84]
3-1/2
[88.90]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Typical Accuracy: ±1% FS for 0.25˝ (50 Pa), 0.5˝ (100 Pa), 2˝ (500 Pa), 5˝
(1250 Pa), 10˝ (2 kPa), 15˝ (3 kPa), 25˝ (5 kPa); ±2% FS for 0.1˝ (25 Pa), 1˝
(250 Pa), and all bi-directional ranges.
Stability: ±1% / year FSO.
Temperature Limits: 0 to 150°F (-18 to 66°C).
Pressure Limits: 1 psi max., operation; 10 psi burst.
Power Requirements: 10 to 35 VDC (2-wire), 17 to 36 VDC or isolated 21.6
to 33 VAC (3-wire).
Output Signals: 4 to 20 mA (2-wire), 0 to 5 VDC, 0 to 10 VDC (3-wire).
Response Time: Adjustable: 0.5 to 15 sec. time constant. Provides a 95%
response time of 1.5 to 45 seconds.
Zero & Span Adjustments: Digital push buttons.
Loop Resistance:
Current Output: 0 to 1250 Ω max;
Voltage Output: Min. load resistance 1 kΩ.
Current Consumption: 40 mA max.
Display (Optional): 5 digit LCD.
Electrical Connections: 3-wire removable European style terminal block for
16 to 22 AWG.
Electrical Entry: 1/2˝ NPS thread.
Process Connection: 3/16˝ ID tubing (5 mm ID); Max. OD 9 mm.
Enclosure Rating: IP66.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm in vertical position.
Weight: 8.0 oz (230 g).
Agency Approvals: BTL, CE.
ACCESSORIES
A-151, Cable gland for 5 to 10 mm diameter cable
A-MS2-LCD, Field Upgradeable Display
A-435-A, Remote Display Tool
A-480, Plastic Static Pressure Tip
A-481, Installer kit. Includes 2 plastic static pressure tips and 7 ft (2.1 m) of
PVC tubing
A-489, 4˝ 303 SS Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange
A-302F-A, 4˝ 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16˝ ID
rubber or plastic tubing
SCD-PS, 100 to 240 VAC/VDC to 24 VDC Power Supply
Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc.
6
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
007_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:15 AM Page 1
PRESSURE
One Unit for all your Building Pressure Applications
The Industry Standard for Building Automation
• Digital Push Button Zero
and Span. Reduces
calibration time significantly
over other transmitters that
utilize potentiometers. Lowers
maintenance time and costs.
• Field Upgradable LCD. No
need to order two separate
transmitters. Simply stock a
transmitter and display and
you can satisfy any
customer’s requests. Simply
remove cover and snap the
LCD onto the board.
• Field Selectable Ranges
in metric or English. Lowers
stock and inventory
requirements. You’ll always
have the right transmitter for
every job.
• Large Integral LCD. Second
generation Magnesense® has
a larger LCD that includes the
engineering units. Display
also has 5 digits allowing
measurements up to 99,999
to be displayed directly.
• Remote Display Tool
reduces instrument cost by
eliminating need for each
transmitter to have its own
display. The buttons on the
display tool also provide a
means to zero and span the
units without reaching into the
transmitter.
• Removeable Terminal Block
ease installation by allowing
for the wiring to be done
outside of the housing where
the installer has more room.
• Simultaneous
Current/Voltage Output
reduces inventory by
combining 0 to 10 V, 0 to 5 V
and 4 to 20 mA models into
one model. Both outputs are
always present allowing field
selection of which signal to
use and the other signal
can be used for local
diagnostic without interrupting
system.
• Field Selectable Air Velocity
and Flow Modes for fan and
blower applications. Unit
provides square root output
that accurately tracks fpm or
m/s for velocity
measurements. Now area
can be programmed to
directly display cfm or m3/hr
for volumetric flow
measurements. No need for
a smart programmable
indicator or PLC to convert
pressure to air flow.
Reduces components and
installation time lowering
overall costs.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
7
PRESSURE
008_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:16 AM Page 1
Series
DH3
®
Digihelic Differential Pressure
Controller
®
®
Digihelic Controller in Photohelic Gage, Square Root Output for Flow
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE
CONNECTION
2-1/16
[52.39]
2
[50.80]
[4] 6-32 HOLES EQUALLY SPACED ON A
5-1/8 [130.18] B.C. PANEL MOUNTING
1-3/4
[44.45]
1/2 [12.70]
1-9/32
[32.54]
ø4-47/64
[120.25]
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
2-1/2
[63.50]
5/8 [15.88]
PANEL MAX
3/16
[4.76]
The Series DH3 Digihelic® Differential Pressure Controller is a 3 in 1
instrument possessing a digital display gage, control relay switches, and a transmitter
with current output all packed in the popular Photohelic® gage style housing.
Combining these 3 features allows the reduction of several instruments with one
product, saving inventory, installation time and money. The Digihelic® controller is
the ideal instrument for pressure, velocity and flow applications, achieving a 1% full
scale accuracy on ranges down to the extremely low 0.25 in w.c. to 2.5 in w.c. full
scale. Ranges of 5 in w.c. and greater maintain 0.5% F.S. accuracy. Bi-directional
ranges are also available.
The Series DH3 Digihelic® controller allows the selection of pressure, velocity or
volumetric flow operation in several commonly used engineering units. 2 SPDT
control relays with adjustable deadbands are provided along with a scalable 4-20 mA
process output.
Programming is easy using the menu key to access 5 simplified menus which provide
access to: security level; selection of pressure, velocity or flow operation; selection of
engineering units; K-factor for use with flow sensors; rectangular or circular duct for
inputting area in flow applications; set point control or set point and alarm operation;
alarm operation as a high, low, or high/low alarm; automatic or manual alarm reset;
alarm delay; view peak and valley process reading; digital damping for smoothing
erratic process applications; scaling the 4-20 mA process output to fit your
applications range and field calibration. See applications below for some popular uses.
APPLICATIONS
• SCFM flow in ducts
• Filter status
• Static pressures in ducts or buildings
• Damper control
• Fan control
Model
DH3-002
DH3-003
DH3-004
DH3-005
DH3-006
DH3-007
DH3-009
*DH3-010
*DH3-011
*DH3-013
*DH3-014
*DH3-015
*DH3-016
*DH3-017
*DH3-018
1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESSURE CONNECTION
30°
1/2
[12.70]
Ø5
[127.00]
1-1/4
[31.75]
11/16
[17.46]
Ranges
0-0.25 in w.c.
0-0.5 in w.c.
0-1 in w.c.
0-2.5 in w.c.
0-5 in w.c.
0-10 in w.c.
0-25 in w.c.
0-50 in w.c.
0-100 in w.c.
0.25-0-0.25 in w.c.
0.5-0-0.5 in w.c.
1-0-1 in w.c.
2.5-0-2.5 in w.c.
5-0-5 in w.c.
10-0-10 in w.c.
*Velocity and volumetric flow not available on bi-directional range units and
models DH3-010 and DH3-011.
Ø4 [101.60]
FACE
5-1/2 [139.70] O.D.
MOUNTING RING
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
11/16
[17.46]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Housing Material: Die cast
aluminum case and bezel.
Accuracy: ±1.5% for 0.25˝ and
±0.25˝ w.c. ranges. Ranges 0.5˝ to
5˝ w.c. and corresponding bidirectional (except ±2.5˝ w.c.) ±1%;
All other ranges: ±0.5% @ 77°F
(25°C) including hysteresis and
repeatability (after 1 hour warm-up).
Stability: < ±1% per year.
Pressure Limits: Ranges ≤ 2.5 in
w.c.: 25 psi; ±2.5˝, 5 in w.c.: 5 psi;
10 in w.c.: 5 psi; 25 in w.c.: 5 psi; 50
in w.c.: 5 psi; 100 in w.c.: 9 psi.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 140°F (0
to 60°C).
Compensated Temperature
Limits: 32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C).
Thermal Effects: 0.020%/°F
(0.036/°C) from 77°F (25°C). For
0.25˝ and ±0.25˝ w.c. ranges:
±0.03%/°F (±0.054%/°C).
Power Requirements: 12-28 VDC,
12-28 VAC 50 to 400 Hz.
Power Consumption: 3 VA max.
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
Output Signal: 4-20 mA DC into
900 ohms max.
Zero & Span Adjustments:
Accessible via menus.
Response Time: 250 ms (damping
set to 1).
Display: Backlit 4 digit LCD 0.4˝
height LED indicators for set point
and alarm status.
Electrical Connections: 15 pin
male high density D-sub connection.
18˝ (46 cm) cable with 10
conductors included. 4´ and 10´
cables available.
Process Connections: 1/8˝ female
NPT. Side or back connections.
Mounting Orientation: Mount unit
in vertical plane.
Size: 5˝ (127 mm) OD x 3-1/8˝
(79.38 mm).
Weight: 1.75 lbs. (794 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Switch Type: 2 SPDT relays.
Electrical Rating: 1 amp @ 30
VAC/VDC.
Set Point Adjustment: Adjustable
via keypad on face.
ACCESSORIES
A-298, Flat Aluminum Bracket for flush mounting
A-301, Static Pressure Tip for 1/4˝ metal tubing connection
A-302, Static Pressure Tip for 3/16˝ and 1/8˝ I.D. plastic or rubber tubing
A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16˝ ID
rubber or plastic tubing. 4˝ insertion depth. Includes mounting screws
A-370, Mounting Bracket flush mount bracket. Bracket is then surface
mounted. Steel with gray hammertone epoxy finish
A-489, 4˝ Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange
OPTIONS
For NIST traceable calibration certificate, add suffix -NIST to model numbers.
Example DH3-004-NIST.
For factory calibration certificate, add suffix -FC to model numbers.
Example DH3-004-FC.
See page 68 for process tubing options.
8
[3] Ø3/16 [4.77] HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
4-1/8 [104.78] B.C.
SURFACE MOUNTING
009_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:19 AM Page 1
PRESSURE
Series
1900
Compact Low Differential
Pressure Switches
Set Points from 0.07 in to 20 in w.c. Repetitive Accuracy within 3%
1/8 FEMALE NPT HIGH
PRESS. CONNECTION
3
[76.20]
60° TYP
(2) Ø3/16 [4.76]
MOUNTING HOLES
ON A 4-3/16
[106.36] B.C.
1-5/16
[33.32] TYP
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
Ø3-1/2
[88.90]
41/64
[16.27]
Series 1910 switch with conduit enclosure off.
Shows electric switch and set point adjustment screw
located on same side for easy installation.
Ø7/8 [22.23]
1-19/32
CONDUIT
[40.48]
1-3/4
CONNECTION
2-11/32
[44.45]
[59.53] CLEARANCE FOR
COVER REMOVAL
1-7/8
[47.63]
2-9/32
[57.94]
2-7/16
[61.90]
The Dwyer-engineered force-motion amplifier increases the leverage of diaphragm
movement and results in a switch with excellent sensitivity and repeatability.
Our most popular series combines advanced design and precision construction to
make these switches able to perform many of the tasks of larger, costlier units.
Designed for air conditioning service, they also serve many fluidics, refrigeration,
oven and dryer applications. For air and non combustible compatible gases, Series
1900 switches have set points from 0.07 to 20 in w.c. (1.8 to 508 mm). Set point
adjustment is easy with range screw located inside conduit enclosure. Internal
location helps prevent tampering. UL, CE, CSA listed, and FM approved.
Series 1910 Switches
Operating Ranges, Deadbands
Operating Range, Approximate Dead Band
Model in w.c.
At Min. Set Point
At Max. Set Point
1910-00 0.07 to 0.15
0.04
0.04
1910-0 0.15 to 0.55
0.10
0.10
1910-1 0.40 to 1.6
0.15
0.16
1910-5 1.40 to 5.5
0.30
0.30
1910-10 3.0 to 11.75
0.40
0.40
1910-20 4.0 to 20.0
0.40
0.50
OPTION
Manual reset Model 1900 MR includes special snap switch which latches on
pressure increase above the setpoint. Switch must be manually reset after
pressure drops below the setpoint. To order, change base model to 1900 and
add MR suffix after range number. Example: 1900-10-MR. Available on -1, -5,10 or -20 ranges only. Option is not UL, CSA or FM listed
Note: Manual Reset (MR) Option for use only in single positive pressure
applications.
Series
1831
51/64
[20.24]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Temperature Limits: -30 to 180°F
(-34 to 82.2°C).
Pressure Limits: 45 in w.c. (11.2
kPa) continuous, 10 psig (68.95
kPa) surge.
Switch Type: Single-pole doublethrow (SPDT).
Repeatability: ±3%.
Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120-480
VAC, 60 Hz. Resistive 1/8 HP @125
VAC, 1/4 HP @ 250 VAC, 60 Hz.
Derate to 10 A for operation at high
cycle rates.
Electrical Connections: 3 screw
type, common, normally open and
normally closed.
Process Connections: 1/8˝ female
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm
in vertical position. Consult factory
for other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type
inside conduit enclosure.
Weight: 1lb, 4.5 oz (581 g).
Agency Approvals: CE , CSA, FM,
and UL. Optional-EXPL explosionproof enclosure does not possess
any agency approvals.
ACCESSORIES
A-399, Duct Pressure Monitor Kit — For use with standard or manual reset
model switches. Includes mounting flange, tubing and adapters.
A-329, Street Ell — Brass adapter for applications requiring right angle
connections. Two required for differential pressures.
A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16˝ ID
rubber or plastic tubing. 4˝ insertion depth. Includes mounting screws
A-489, 4˝ Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange
DPDT Low Differential Pressure Switches
Manual Reset, No Power Required
2-5/32 [54.76]
CLEARANCE
FOR COVER
REMOVAL
2X Ø7/8
CONDUIT
OPENING
1-5/8
[41.28]
1/8 FEMALE NPT
HIGH PRESSURE OPENING
RESET LEVER
4-3/8
[111.13] 3-11/16
[93.65]
2X 3-1/16
[77.79]
4-1/16
[103.19]
3-5/8
[92.08]
1-3/32
[27.76]
1-7/64
[28.17]
ACCESSORIES
A-489, 4˝ Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange
A-491, 6˝ Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange
A-493, 8˝ Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange
A-302F-A, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16˝ ID
rubber or plastic tubing. 4˝ insertion depth. Includes mounting screws
A-302F-B, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16˝ rubber
or plastic tubing. 6˝ insertion depth. Includes mounting screws
A-302F-C, 303 SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange. For 3/16˝ rubber
or plastic tubing. 8˝ insertion depth. Includes mounting screws
2-3/4
[69.86]
3-1/4
[82.55]
3/4
[19.05]
3-3/16
[80.98]
3X 2
2-5/16 [50.80]
[58.74]
A-389 Mounting Bracket
Note: Shown with included mounting bracket.
Bracket can rotate and be tightened at any angle.
One of our most popular differential pressure switches is now available with a
DPDT switch and manual reset. The 1831 combines small size with 4% set point
repeatability. Absolutely no power is required to operate the DPDT switch. Set point
adjustment on the switch is easily accessible for modifying the set point.
2X ø9/64 [3.57]
ø.875 [22.23]
1/8 FEMALE NPT
LOW PRESSURE
CONNECTION
1/2 MALE NPT
MOUNTING STUD
Repeatability: ±4% max.
Electrical Rating: 4A @ 125/250
VAC.
Electrical Connections: Screw
type terminal block.
Process Connections: 1/8˝ female
NPT.
Mounting Orientation: Diaphragm
in vertical position. Consult factory
for other position orientations.
Set Point Adjustment: Screw type
inside mounting spud.
Weight: 1 lb 2 oz (522 g).
Range
Description
(in w.c.)
Model
2.5 to 9
1831-1-RA-S Manual reset DPDT, activate on increase
7.5 to 23
1831-2-RA-S Manual reset DPDT, activate on increase
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible,
compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: Consult factory.
Temperature Limits: -30 to 180°F
(-34 to 82.2°C).
Pressure Limits: 10 psig (68.95
kPa) continuous, 25 psig (172.4
kPa) surge.
Switch Type: 2 SPDT.
Actuation Time Difference: 1
millisecond maximum actuation
delay between contacts
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
9
PRESSURE
010_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:20 AM Page 1
Series
ADPS/
EDPS
H.V.A.C. Differential Pressure Switch
With Dual Scale Field Adjustable Set Point Knob
RoHS
2-9/16
[65]
1-31/32
[50]
2-17/64
[57.5] 7/8
[22]
Ø11/64
[Ø4.5]
21/64
[8.5]
2-21/64
[59]
ADPS
51/64
[18]
EDPS
the Series ADPS/EDPS Adjustable Differential Pressure Switch is designed
for pressure, vacuum, and differential pressures. The dual scaled adjustment knob
in inches water column and pascals allows changes to the switching pressure to be
made without a pressure gage. The ADPS/EDPS is available with settings from 0.08
in w.c. (20 Pa) up to 20 in w.c. (5000 Pa). The silicone diaphragm and PA 6.6 body
make the series ADPS ideal for use with air and other noncombustible gases. Series
EDPS models meet UL508 and are constructed of plenum rated plastics. The
compact size, adjustment knob and low cost make the ADPS/EDPS the perfect choice
for HVAC applications.
APPLICAtIONS
• Monitoring air filters and ventilators
• Monitoring industrial cooling-air circuits
• Overheating protection for fan heaters
• Monitoring flows in ventilation ducts
• Controlling air and fire-protection dampers
• Frost protection for heat exchanges
ACCESSORIES
A-288, “L” type metal mounting bracket with screws
A-289, “S” type metal mounting bracket with screws
A-480, Plastic static pressure tip
A-481, Installer kit. Includes 2 plastic static pressure tips and 7´ (2.1 m) of PVC
tubing
A-489, 4˝ Straight Static Pressure Tip with Flange
19/64
[7.5]
+
[P2] [P1]
Ø15/64
[Ø6]
SPECIfICAtIONS
Service: Air and non-combustible, compatible gases.
Wetted Materials:
ADPS: Diaphragm material: Silicone; Housing material: POM; Switch body:
PA 6.6; Cover: Polystyrene;
EDPS: Diaphragm material: Silicone; Housing material: Switch body: PA
6.6; Cover: Polystyrene; Materials UL94 V-0 rated.
temperature Limits: Process and ambient temperature from -4 to 185°F
(-20 to 85°C).
Pressure Limits: Max. operating pressure: 40 in w.c. (10 kPa) for all
pressure ranges.
Switch type: Single-pole double-throw (SPDT).
Electrical Rating: Max. 1.5 A res./0.4 A ind./250 VAC, 50/60 Hz; Max.
switching rate: 6 cycles/min.
Electrical Connections: Push-on screw terminals. M20x1.5 with cable
strain relief or optional 1/2˝ NPT connection.
Process Connections: 5/16˝ (7.94 mm) outside diameter tubing, 1/4˝ (6.0
mm) inside diameter tubing.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 13 (IP54).
Mounting Orientation: Vertically, with pressure connections pointing
downwards.
Mechanical Working Life: Over 106 switching operations.
Weight: 5.6 oz (160 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, ETL approved to UL508 and CSA C22.2#14
(EDPS only), RoHS.
A-480
See page 68 for process tubing options.
ADPS
Model
ADPS-08-2-N
ADPS-04-2-N
ADPS-03-2-N
ADPS-05-2-N
ADPS-06-2-N
ADPS-07-2-N
Set Point Range
in w.c. (Pa)
0.08 to 1.20 (20-300)
0.12 to 1.60 (30-400)
0.20 to 2.00 (50-500)
0.80 to 4.00 (200-1000)
2.00 to 10.00 (500-2500)
4.00 to 20.00 (1000-5000)
Approx. Dead Band @
Min Set Point in w.c. (Pa)
0.04 (10)
0.06 (15)
0.08 (20)
0.4 (100)
0.6 (150)
1.0 (250)
Approx. Deadband @
Max Set Point in w.c. (Pa)
0.05 (12)
0.09 (22)
0.09 (23)
0.5 (130)
0.8 (200)
1.4 (350)
Note: For optional 1/2˝ NPT conduit connection,
change -2-N to -1-N. Models that include installer kit
add -C to the end of the model number (-2-N cable
gland models only). Installer kit includes two static
tips and 7 ft of PVC tubing. Order installer kit
separately with 1/2˝ NPT conduit connection models.
See A-481 in the accessories list.
Set Point Range
in w.c. (Pa)
0.08 to 1.20 (20-300)
0.12 to 1.60 (30-400)
0.20 to 2.00 (50-500)
0.80 to 4.00 (200-1000)
2.00 to 10.00 (500-2500)
4.00 to 20.00 (1000-5000)
Approx. Dead Band @
Min Set Point in w.c. (Pa)
0.04 (10)
0.06 (15)
0.08 (20)
0.4 (100)
0.6 (150)
1.0 (250)
Approx. Dead Band @
Max Set Point in w.c. (Pa)
0.05 (12)
0.09 (23)
0.09 (23)
0.5 (130)
0.8 (200)
1.4 (350)
Note: For optional M20 cable gland connection,
change -1-N to -2-N.
EDPS
Model
EDPS-08-1-N
EDPS-04-1-N
EDPS-03-1-N
EDPS-05-1-N
EDPS-06-1-N
EDPS-07-1-N
10
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
011_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:20 AM Page 1
PRESSURE
Series
DX
Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Switch
NEMA 4X Enclosure, Low Differential Set Points
59/64 [23.50]
1-13/64
[45.85]
1-27/64
[36.30]
4-29/64
[113.03]
15/64
[6.00]
1-13/32
[35.56]
2X
47/64
[18.54]
35/64 [13.97]
13/64 [5.08]
3/4 1-13/16 47/64
[19.05] [46.05] [18.80]
1-11/32
[34.04]
2-1/2
[63.50]
9/16
[14.10]
SPECIFICATIONS
Process Connection: 1/4˝ NPT
Service: Compatible gases and
female.
liquids.
Mounting Orientation: Ports on
Wetted Materials: Connection:
horizontal plane, ±10°.
Brass; Diaphragm: Fluoroelastomer.
Set Point Adjustment: External
Temperature Limits: 30 to 140°F
screw.
(-1 to 60°C).
Housing Materials: Body:
Pressure Limits: 200 psig (13.8
Aluminum; Housing: Polycarbonate;
bar). Continuous single side only
Cover: 300 SS.
pressure should not exceed 1.25 x
Vibration and Shock: Set point
full differential range.
repeats after 2.5 Gs, 5 to 500 Hz.
Enclosure Rating: Weatherproof
Set point repeats after a 15 Gs, 10
UL type 4X (IP65).
millisecond duration.
Repeatability: ±2% of full range.
Altitude Limit: 6560 ft (2000 m).
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch.
Humidity Limit: 80% (nonElectrical Rating: 5 A @ 125/250
condensing).
VAC (~), 5 A res. @ 30 VDC ( ).
Pollution Degree: 2.
Electrical Connection: Removable
Environment: Intended for indoor
terminal block.
and outdoor use.
Conduit Connection: 0.871˝
Weight: 1 lb 3 oz (0.54 kg).
diameter hole for 1/2˝ conduit fitting.
Agency Approvals: CE, cUL, UL.
OPTION
For preset unit, add suffix -PRESET to model number.
Example: DXW-11-153-1-PRESET
The Series DX is a differential pressure switch that makes a contact output based
on the differential between two pressure sources. Wetted materials of brass and
fluoroelastomer are suitable for use with most gases and water based solutions. The
switch can be used for low differential pressure indication with set point on a decrease
of pressure as low as 1 psid (0.07 bar). Differential set point ranges are available from
2.5 to 75 psid (0.17 to 5.17 bar) on increasing differential pressure and 1.0 to 67 psid
(0.07 to 4.62 bar) on decreasing differential pressure. Unit features a high static
pressure rating of 200 psig (13.8 bar) for higher static pressure applications. Standard
is a weatherproof, UL type 4X, enclosure for dust laden, outdoor, or wash-down
installation environments. Series DX incorporates an externally adjustable set point,
integral mounting flange and a removeable electrical terminal block for quick and
easy installation. The DX uses opposing diaphragms to sense the high and low
pressure with a pivot mechanism that transfers the difference of the two pressures
to the SPDT switch.
Series DX, Differential Pressure Switch
Adjustable Differential Fixed Deadband
Range (on increase)
psid (bar)
Model
psid (bar)
At Low Set Point At High Set Point
DXW-11-153-1 2.5 to 10 (0.17 to 0.69) 1.5 (0.10)
2.5 (0.17)
DXW-11-153-2 10 to 25 (0.69 to 1.72) 2.5 (0.17)
3.5 (0.24)
DXW-11-153-3 25 to 50 (1.72 to 3.45) 3.5 (0.24)
6.0 (0.41)
DXW-11-153-4 50 to 75 (3.46 to 5.17) 6.0 (0.41)
8.0 (0.55)
Note: Set points on decrease will be the range minus the deadband.
Series
645
2-55/64
[72.59]
Wet/Wet Differential Pressure
Transmitter
±0.25% Accuracy, Quick Response, 2-Wire Design
2 5/32
[54.61]
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. MICHIGAN CITY, IN. U.S.A.
ø7/8 KNOCKOUT INTENDED FOR
A 1/2 I.D. CONDUIT CONNECTION
1-3/32
[27.98]
1-15/16
[49.35]
3-1/16
[77.59]
3 1/64 [76.45]
Optional 3-Valve Manifold Assembly
Series 645 Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitters are designed for use
with compatible gases and liquids which can be applied to both the pressure and
reference ports. Quick response capacitance sensor delivers a 4 to 20 mA output signal
proportional to differential pressure with ±.25% accuracy. The Series 645 transmitters
are ideal for process control, filter condition monitoring, refrigeration equipment,
pump speed control, HVAC equipment, and liquid level measurement. For ease of
installation and maintenance, order optional 3-valve manifold assembly. Bleed ports
allow for total elimination of air in the line and pressure cavities.
Model
645-0
645-1
645-2
645-3
645-4
645-5
645-6
Range
0 to 1 psid
0 to 2 psid
0 to 5 psid
0 to 10 psid
0 to 25 psid
0 to 50 psid
0 to 100 psid
OPTION
For NIST traceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-PT1.
HIGH
PRESSURE
PORT
1-63/64
[50.50]
1-1/2
[38.16]
2-7/16
[62.01]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases or
liquids on both pressure and
reference sides.
Wetted Materials: 17-4 PH
stainless steel, 300 Series stainless
steel, fluoroelastomer and silicone
O-rings and bleed screw seals.
Accuracy: ±0.25% FS (RSS).
Temperature Limits: Operating: 0
to 175°F (-22 to 80°C); Storage: -65
to 260°F (-54 to 126°C).
Pressure Limits: (High side) 1 to 5
psi: 20 x FS, 10 to 25 psi: 10 x FS,
50 psi: 5 x FS, 100 psi: 2.5 x FS;
(low side) 2.5 x FS.
Thermal Effects: (includes zero
and span) ±0.02% FS/°F, 30 to
150°F (-1 to 65°C).
Power Requirements: 11 to 30
VDC.
1 [25.44]
1/4 NPT
BOTH SIDES
LOW
1
PRESSURE PORT
[25.44]
BLEED SCREWS
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA, 2-wire.
Zero and Span Adjustments:
Adjustable, ±1 mA, non-interactive.
Response Time: 30 to 50 ms.
Loop Resistance: 0 to 1000Ω.
Electrical Connection: Barrier strip
terminal block with conduit
enclosure and .875˝ (22 mm)
diameter conduit opening.
Process Connection: 1/4˝-18
female NPT.
Housing: Stainless steel/aluminum,
NEMA 4X (IP56).
Weight: 14.4 oz (0.4 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
3-Valve Manifold Assembly
Manifold: Brass.
Valve Type: 90° on/off.
Process Connection: 1/4˝-18
female NPT.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
11
PRESSURE
012_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:20 AM Page 1
Series
629
Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitter
0.5% Accuracy, NEMA 4X (IP66) Enclosure
43/64 [17.07] 1-11/32
[34.13]
3-9/32
[83.34]
OPTIONAL LIQUID TIGHT FITTING
CORD DIAMETER RANGE:
.200 TO .350 [5.06 TO 8.89]
1/4 NPT
1-5/8
[41.28]
5-25/32 [146.84]
1/4 NPT FEMALE FITTING
6-59/64 [175.82]
OPTIONAL 1/4 NPT MALE FITTING
The Series 629 Differential Pressure Transmitter monitors differential
pressure of air and compatible gases and liquids with 0.5% accuracy. The design
employs dual pressure sensors converting pressure changes into a standard 4 to 20
mA output signal for two wire circuits. Small internal volume and minimum moving
parts result in exceptional response and reliability. Terminal block, zero and span
adjustments are easily accessed under the top cover. The Series 629 Differential
Pressure Transmitter is designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66) construction.
APPLICATIONS
Monitor differential pressures across:
• Flow elements
• Heat exchangers
• Filters
• Pumps
• Coils
Standard
Model
629-02-CH-P2-E5-S1
629-03-CH-P2-E5-S1
629-04-CH-P2-E5-S1
629-05-CH-P2-E5-S1
Range
(psid)
10
25
50
100
Pressure Limits
Working*
Over
Pressure (psi) Pressure (psi)
20
100
50
250
100
250
200
500
*Pressures exceeding the working pressure limit may cause a calibration shift
of up to ±3% of full scale.
3-Way Valve Manifold Assembly
Pressure Limits
Working*
Range Pressure Over
Pressure (psi)
Model
(psid) (psi)
20
100
629-02-CH-P2-E5-S1-3V 10
50
100
629-03-CH-P2-E5-S1-3V 25
100
100
629-04-CH-P2-E5-S1-3V 50
100
100
629-05-CH-P2-E5-S1-3V 100
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases & liquids.
Wetted Materials: Without valve: 316, 316L SS. Additional wetted parts with
3-way valve option: Buna-N, silicone grease, PTFE, brass 360, copper,
reinforced acetal copolymer.
Accuracy: ±0.5% FS (includes linearity, hysteresis & repeatability).
Temperature Limits: 0 to 200°F (-18 to 93°C).
Compensated Temperature Limits: 0 to 175°F (-18 to 79°C).
Pressure Limits: See chart.
Thermal Effect: 0.02%/°F (0.036%/°C) includes zero & span.
Power Requirements: 13 to 30 VDC (2-wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA. Optional 0 to 5, 0 to 10 VDC.
Response Time: 50 ms.
Loop Resistance: 0 to 1300 Ω maximum for current output. For voltage
outputs, minimum load resistance: 2000 Ω.
Electrical Connections: Terminal block; 1/2˝ female NPT conduit.
Process Connections: 1/4˝ female NPT.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to meet NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Not position sensitive.
Weight: 10.1 oz (286 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
OPTIONS
-LED, 4.5 Digit LED Display
-NIST, NIST traceable calibration certificate
ACCESSORIES
A-131, 3-way brass manifold valve
A-132, Mounting bracket for 3-way valve
641-LED, Field-upgradeable LED
A-155, Cable gland with 1/2˝ NPT male
BBV-1B, Mini SS 3-valve block manifold
A-228, 12˝ SS flex hose
3-way valve assembly with
integral bleed screws
12
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
629 shown with optional Red LED
and cable gland.
013_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:21 AM Page 1
PRESSURE
Series
3100
Explosion-Proof Differential
Pressure Transmitter
®
HART , Push Button Configuration, Rangeability (100:1)
3-25/64
[86.00]
4-13/32
[112.00]
7-37/64
[192.50]
1/4˝ NPT
PROCESS
CONNECTION
3100D
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
2X DRAIN
VALVE
1-21/32
[42.00]
2-1/8
[54.00]
4X 7/16-20
UNF FOR MOUNTING
3100D
3-25/64
[86.00]
4-13/32
[112.00]
OPTIONAL
LCD SCREEN 7-31/32
[202.50]
1-5/8
[41.30]
PROCESS
CONNECTIONS
2-1/8
[54.00]
3100MP
The Mercoid® Series 3100 Smart Pressure Transmitter is a microprocessorbased high performance transmitter, which has flexible pressure calibration, push
button configuration, and programmable using HART® Communication. The Series
3100 is capable of being configured for differential pressure or level applications with
the zero and span buttons. A field calibrator is not required for configuration. The
transmitter software compensates for thermal effects, improving performance.
EEPROM stores configuration settings and stores sensor correction coefficients in
the event of shutdowns or power loss. The Series 3100 is FM or ATEX approved for
use in hazardous (classified) locations. The 100:1 rangeability allows the smart
transmitter to be configured to fit any application.
FEATURES
• Configurable using zero/span buttons (no calibrator required)
• Rangeability (100:1)
• High accuracy (±0.075%)
• Automatic sensor temperature compensation
• Fail-mode process function
• Selectable engineering units
APPLICATIONS
• Flow measurement
• Level monitoring
• Filter or pump differential pressure
• Critical process monitoring
Model
Calibrated Span (Min. to Max.)
0.6 to 30 in w.c. 0.15 to 7.5 kPa
3100D-2-FM-1-1
1.5 to 150 in w.c. 0.373 to 37.3 kPa
3100D-3-FM-1-1
7.5 to 750 in w.c. 1.865 to 186.5 kPa
3100D-4-FM-1-1
1 to 100 psi
6.9 to 690 kPa
3100D-5-FM-1-1
3 to 300 psi
20.68 to 2068 kPa
3100D-6-FM-1-1
3100D-2-FM-1-1-LCD 0.6 to 30 in w.c. 0.15 to 7.5 kPa
3100D-3-FM-1-1-LCD 1.5 to 150 in w.c. 0.373 to 37.3 kPa
3100D-4-FM-1-1-LCD 7.5 to 750 in w.c. 1.865 to 186.5 kPa
6.9 to 690 kPa
3100D-5-FM-1-1-LCD 1 to 100 psi
20.68 to 2068 kPa
3100D-6-FM-1-1-LCD 3 to 300 psi
Consult factory for custom calibration.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases, steam,
liquids or vapors.
Wetted Materials: 316L SS.
Accuracy: ±0.075% FS (@ 20°C).
Rangeability: 100:1 turn down.
Stability: ±0.125% FSO/yr.
Temperature Limits:
Process: -40 to 248°F (-40 to
120°C);
Ambient: Without LCD: -40 to
185°F
(-40 to 85°C);
With LCD: -22 to 176°F (-30 to
80°C).
Pressure Limits: Max. pressure:
Range: -14.5 to 2000 psi; Burst
pressure: 10000 psi.
Thermal Effect: ±0.125%
span/32°C.
Power Requirements: 11.9 to 45
VDC.
Lower Range Limit
-30 in w.c. -7.5 kPa
-150 in w.c. -37.3 kPa
-750 in w.c. -186.5 kPa
-100 psi
-690 kPa
-300 psi
-2068 kPa
-30 in w.c. -7.5 kPa
-150 in w.c. -37.3 kPa
-750 in w.c. -186.5 kPa
-100 psi
-690 kPa
-300 psi
-2068 kPa
Model
Calibrated Span (Min. to Max.)
3100MP-2-FM-1-1
0.6 to 30 in w.c. 0.15 to 7.5 kPa
3100MP-3-FM-1-1
1.5 to 150 in w.c. 0.373 to 37.3 kPa
3100MP-4-FM-1-1
7.5 to 750 in w.c. 1.865 to 186.5 kPa
3100MP-5-FM-1-1
1 to 100 psi
6.9 to 690 kPa
3100MP-6-FM-1-1
3 to 300 psi
20.68 to 2068 kPa
3100MP-2-FM-1-1-LCD 0.6 to 30 in w.c. 0.15 to 7.5 kPa
3100MP-3-FM-1-1-LCD 1.5 to 150 in w.c. 0.373 to 37.3 kPa
3100MP-4-FM-1-1-LCD 7.5 to 750 in w.c. 1.865 to 186.5 kPa
3100MP-5-FM-1-1-LCD 1 to 100 psi
6.9 to 690 kPa
3100MP-6-FM-1-1-LCD 3 to 300 psi
20.68 to 2068 kPa
Consult factory for custom calibration.
4x 7/16-20 UNF
FOR MOUNTING
3100MP
Upper Range Limit
30 in w.c. 7.5 kPa
150 in w.c. 37.3 kPa
750 in w.c. 186.5 kPa
690 kPa
100 psi
2068 kPa
300 psi
30 in w.c. 7.5 kPa
150 in w.c. 37.3 kPa
750 in w.c. 186.5 kPa
690 kPa
100 psi
2068 kPa
300 psi
Lower Range Limit
-30 in w.c. -7.5 kPa
-150 in w.c. -37.3 kPa
-750 in w.c. -186.5 kPa
-100 psi
-690 kPa
-300 psi
-2068 kPa
-30 in w.c. -7.5 kPa
-150 in w.c. -37.3 kPa
-750 in w.c. -186.5 kPa
-100 psi
-690 kPa
-300 psi
-2068 kPa
Upper Range Limit
30 in w.c. 7.5 kPa
150 in w.c. 37.3 kPa
750 in w.c. 186.5 kPa
690 kPa
100 psi
2068 kPa
300 psi
30 in w.c. 7.5 kPa
150 in w.c. 37.3 kPa
750 in w.c. 186.5 kPa
690 kPa
100 psi
2068 kPa
300 psi
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA / HART®
Communication.
Response Time: 0.12 seconds.
Damping Time: 0.25 to 60
seconds.
Loop Resistance: Operation: 0 to 1500 Ω;
HART® Communication: 250 to
500 Ω.
Electrical Connection: Two 1/2˝
female NPT conduit, screw terminal.
Process Connection: 1/4˝ female
NPT.
Display: Optional 5 digit LCD.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X
(IP66) and explosion-proof for Class
I, Div I, Groups A, B, C and D.
Weight: 8.6 lb (3.9 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, FM, ATEX
option available (consult factory).
LCD Display
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
LCD Display
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
HART® is a registered trademark of Hart Communication Foundation.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
13
PRESSURE
014_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:21 AM Page 1
Series
626 & 628
Industrial Pressure Transmitter
Complete Offering of Ranges, Connections and Outputs
626 with LED Display (CH housing only)
General Purpose Housing (-GH)
General Purpose Housing (-GH)
with DIN C
Conduit Housing (-CH)
*Please see our website for dimensional drawings.
The Series 626 Pressure Transmitters possess a highly precise 0.25% full scale
accuracy piezo-resistive sensor contained in a compact, rugged, NEMA 4X (IP66)
stainless steel general purpose housing or cast aluminum conduit housing.
The Series 628 Pressure Transmitters are ideal for OEMs with 1% full scale
accuracy sensors. The transmitter is also available in the general purpose stainless
steel housing and the cast aluminum conduit housing.
The corrosion resistant 316L stainless steel wetted parts allow the Series 626 and 628
transmitters to measure the pressure in a multitude of processes from hydraulic oils
to chemicals. The Series 626 and 628 are available in absolute and pressure ranges
with a variety of optional outputs, process connections and electrical terminations to
allow you to select the right transmitter for your application.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible gases and liquids.
Wetted Materials: Type 316L SS.
Accuracy:
626 : 0.25% F.S.;
: 0.20% RSS;
628 : 1.0% F.S.;
: 0.5% RSS;
626 Absolute Ranges : 0.5% F.S.;
: 0.30% RSS.
(Includes linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability.)
Temperature Limit: 0 to 200°F (-18 to 93°C).
Compensated Temperature Range: 0 to 175°F (-18 to 79°C).
Thermal Effect: ±0.02% FS/°F (includes zero and span).
Pressure Limits: See table.
Power Requirements: 10-30 VDC (for 4-20 mA, 0-5, 1-5, 1-6 VDC outputs);
13-30 VDC (for 0-10, 2-10 VDC outputs); 5 VDC ±0.5 VDC (for 0.5-4.5 VDC
ratio-metric output).
Output Signal: 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC,1-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, or 0.5-4.5 VDC.
Response Time: 50 ms.
Loop Resistance: 0-1000 Ohms max. R max = 50 (Vps-10) Ohms (4-20 mA
output), 5K Ohms (0-5, 1-5, 1-6, 0-10, 2-10, 0.5-4.5 VDC output).
Stability: 1.0% FS/year (Typ.).
Current Consumption: 38 mA maximum (for 4-20 mA output); 10 mA
maximum (for 0-5, 1-5, 1-6, 0-10, 2-10, 0.5-4.5 VDC output); 140 mA
maximum (for all 626/628/629-CH with optional LED).
Electrical Connections: Conduit Housing (-CH): terminal block, 1/2˝ female
NPT conduit; General Purpose Housing (-GH): cable DIN EN 175801-803-C.
Process Connection: 1/4˝ male or female NPT and BSPT.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Mounting Orientation: Mount in any position.
Weight: 10 oz (283 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
j
k
l
m
Available with -GH Housing only
Available with -CH Housing only
LED option is not NEMA 4X (IP66)
Power Requirement: 5 VDC ±10%
14
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
Ordering Chart
Accuracy
Range
Housing
Process
Connection
Electrical
Connection
Signal
Output
Options
626
628
-00
-01
-02
-03
-04
-05
-06
-07
-08
-09
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-22
-15
-16
-18
-19
-26
-67
-71
-75
-81
0.25% Full-Scale Accuracy
1.0% Full-Scale Accuracy
0-15 psia
0-30 psia
0-50 psia
0-100 psia
0-200 psia
0-300 psia
0-5 psi
0-15 psi
0-30 psi
0-50 psi
0-100 psi
0-150 psi
0-200 psi
0-300 psi
0-500 psi
0-600 psi
0-1000 psi
0-1500 psi
0-3000 psi
0-5000 psi
0-8000 psi
0-0.5 bar
0-2.5 bar
0-10 bar
0-40 bar
-CH
Conduit Housing
-GH
General Purpose Housing
-P1
1/4˝ male NPT
-P2
1/4˝ female NPT
-P3
1/4˝ male BSPT
-P5
1/4˝ female SAE with
Refrigerant Valve Depressor j
-P9
1/2˝ male NPT j
-E1
Cable Gland with 3’ of
Prewired Cable
-E3
Cable Gland with 9’ of
Prewired Cable
-E4
DIN EN 175801-803-C j
-E5
1/2˝ female NPT Conduit k
-E6
M-12 4 Pin Connector
-S1
4-20 mA
-S2
1-5 VDC
-S4
0-5 VDC
-S5
0-10 VDC
-S7
0.5-4.5 VDC j
-AT Aluminum Tag
-NIST NIST Traceable Certificate
-LED Bright Red LED display kl
015_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:22 AM Page 1
Series
AVU
Air Velocity Transmitter
Ideal for Building Automation Systems, ±5% or ±8% Full Scale Accuracy
AIR VELOCITY
3-11/32
[85.0]
3/4 [19.0]
51/64
[2.0]
8-55/64 [225.0]
9-29/64 [240.0]
The Series AVU Air Velocity Transmitter is ideal for a wide range of HVAC
measurement and control applications, particularly in complete building control and
energy management systems. The Series AVU is available with 5% or 8% accuracy at
a surprisingly low cost, with 9 models covering ranges from 0-785 FPM to 0-3150
FPM, with either 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC output.
The Series AVU Transmitter operates by measuring the heat loss from one of the two
sensing elements in the air stream, then calculating the air velocity. Units are virtually
immune to drift due to the design of the sensing element, which makes the
transmitter accurate over the whole air velocity range.
FEATURES
• 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 V output versions
• NEMA 6 (IP67) enclosure rating
• AC or DC powered (loop version DC only)
• 5% or 8% accuracy
APPLICATIONS
• Supply and exhaust fan tracking
• Clean room systems
• Air pollution studies and manufacturing
• Process control systems
OPTION
For NIST traceable calibration certificate, use order code NISTCAL-AV1.
2-1/4
[57.0]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean air and compatible, non-combustible gases.
Accuracy: AVU: ±5% of full-scale; AVUB: ±8% of full-scale.
Response Time (90%): 5 sec (typical).
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C).
Humidity Limit: 0-90% RH, non-condensing.
Power Requirements: -A models 24 VDC +10% -15%; -V models 24 VDC
or 24 VAC +10% - 15%.
Output Signal: -A models 4 to 20 mA current loop; -V models 0-10 VDC.
Loop Resistance: (-A models) 700 Ω.
Current Consumption: 60 mA + output current.
Max. Start Up Current: 85 mA; 10 V.
Output Current Limit: (-V models) >10 mA.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal. Cable gland for 4-8 mm wire (16
gauge wire).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 6 (IP67) except sensing point.
Probe Dimensions: 9.45 x .75˝ (240 x 19 mm).
Mounting Orientation: Unit not position sensitive. Probe must be aligned
with airflow.
Weight: 8.8 oz (250 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Model
AVU-1-A
AVU-2-A
AVU-3-A
AVU-1-V
AVU-2-V
AVU-3-V
AVUB-1-V
AVUB-2-V
AVUB-3-V
Range
0 to 785 fpm (0 to 4 m/s)
0 to 1575 fpm (0 to 8 m/s)
0 to 3150 fpm (0 to 16 m/s)
0 to 785 fpm (0 to 4 m/s)
0 to 1575 fpm (0 to 8 m/s)
0 to 3150 fpm (0 to 16 m/s)
0 to 785 fpm (0 to 4 m/s)
0 to 1575 fpm (0 to 8 m/s)
0 to 3150 fpm (0 to 16 m/s)
Output
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
Accuracy
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
8%
8%
8%
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
15
016_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:22 AM Page 1
Model
AAFS
Adjustable Air Flow Paddle Switch
AIR VELOCITY
Ranges from 200 to 1800 FPM, Stainless Steel Vane, ABS Housing
4.92
3.86 [125.00]
[98.00]
2.81
5.94 [71.50]
[151.00]
M18X1.5
PROCESS
CONNECTION
Model AAFS, Adjustable Air Flow Paddle Switch
2.56
[65.00]
2.81
[71.50]
4.15
[105.50]
1.02
[26.00]
6.89
0.49
[12.50] [175.00]
3.15
[80.00]
SpeciFicATionS
Service: Air and compatible gas.
Wetted Materials:
Vane: SS;
Lever: Brass;
Base: Galvanized steel.
Housing: ABS.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: -40 to 180°F
(-40 to 85°C);
Process: -14 to 185°F
(-10 to 85°C).
The Model AAFS Adjustable Air Flow Switch is capable of detecting a wide
range of air velocities with minimal user calibration. The adjustable screw changes
the set point at which the SPDT snap switch engages. Quality features include a
stainless steel vane, galvanized steel base, and ABS enclosure. The unit is field
adjustable from 200 to 1800 FPM (1 to 9.2 m/sec).
Series
AFG
4.02
2.56
[102.00] [65.00]
3.46
[88.00]
Ø0.20
[Ø5.00]
3.03
2.52
3.86
[64.00]
[98.00] [77.00]
Humidity Limits: 10 to 90%, noncondensing.
Switch Type: SPDT.
electrical Rating: 15(8) A @ 250
VAC.
electrical connection: Screw
terminal with M18 x 1.5 cable gland.
process connection: Flange.
Mounting orientation: Horizontal
duct flow.
Set point: Internal screw.
enclosure Rating: IP65.
Weight: 13.6 oz (380 g).
Averaging Flow Grid
Cost Effective Air Flow Station for Ducts up to 60˝
1/64
[.396]
A
ØA
A
B
SECTION A-A
SCALE 2:1
The Series AFG Flow Grid is an outstandingly simple yet accurate and cost
effective alternative to other duct mounted pressure sensors. Once installed and
connected to a suitable measuring instrument, the device will provide years of trouble
free monitoring of both air and gas flow. Installing the AFG Flow Grid is quick and
easy, the AFG is supplied in kit form to allow both workshop and on-site installation
into a wide range of square and circular ducts up to approximately 60˝.
The AFG Flow Grid is a fundamental pressure-sensing device designed to transmit
a continuous differential pressure signal. When this output is connected to a suitable
measuring instrument (i.e. manometer, pressure transducer, etc.) it may be used to
determine air velocity and volume flow rate.
How the AFG Flow Grid Works
The AFG Flow Grid consists of two tubes mounted diagonally across a square or
rectangular duct, or diametrically across a round duct. The tubes are drilled with a
series of equi-spaced holes.
The holes in one tube face directly upstream and sense total pressure, while the pairs
of holes in the second tube also face forward but at an included angle of 79 degrees,
sensing static pressure.
The total and (sub) static pressures are averaged along the length of each tube and
provide pressure signals at connectors outside the duct wall. The pressure
differentials across these connectors constitute the output signal.
Model Diameter Tube “A”
AFG-1 5/16˝ (8 mm)
AFG-2 5/8˝ (16 mm)
16
Length “B”
27˝ (688 mm)
59-4/5˝ (1518 mm)
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
5/32
[2.38]
1-1/16 2
[27] [51]
1-3/16
[30.16]
1-11/16
[42.86]
SpeciFicATionS
Service: Monitor air or compatible gas flow.
Wetted Materials: 304 SS, PVC, polyurethane, acetyl plastics, and neoprene
rubber.
Accuracy: ±5%.
Maximum Temperature: 176ºF (80ºC).
Velocity Range: 295.2 ft/min to 5904 ft/min (1.5 to 30 m/sec).
Diameter of Tubes: 5/16˝ (8 mm) or 5/8˝ (16 mm).
Max Duct Diagonal: 60.4˝ (153.4 cm).
Max Duct Diameter: 59.4˝ (150.9 cm).
process connections: 5/16˝ barbed.
Weight: AFG-1: 1 lb (454 g); AFG-2: 3 lb (1361 g).
AppLicATionS
The AFG Flow Grids will give useful and reliable readings in a wide variety of
‘in duct’ locations often where other flow rate measuring devices are found to
be unsatisfactory.
The signal from an AFG Flow Grid can be used in a variety of ways, for
example:
• To display differential pressure, velocity or volume flow using a micro
manometer, gage or transmitter.
• To give a warning of over or under flow rate using a pressure switch.
• To control air supply in a system by connecting the grid to a pressure
transmitter with an electrical output which can be used to feed into a control
system.
• To display differential pressure on a simple fluid manometer to give visual
indication of changes in volume flow rate in the duct.
017_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:33 AM Page 1
Series
MAFS
Metal Averaging Flow Sensor
Blade Profile Provides Enhanced Performance and Minimal Flow Disruption
33/64
[12.95]
1/4-20
THREADED 1-11/32
[34.25]
STUD
1-13/64
[30.44]
1-35/64
[39.37]
The Series MAFS is ideal for use with Dwyer Instruments, Inc. precision air
velocity gages, transmitters and switches. The Series MAFS uses evenly distributed
total and static pressure measuring points to deliver an accurate measurement of
flows in a duct. The blade profile provides enhanced performance with minimal flow
disruption in the air stream. The air flow measuring probe can be completely installed
from the outside of round or circular ducts, making it very quick to install. With its
lightweight and durable construction, in addition to its ease of installation, the MAFS
flow sensor lends itself superbly to applications in the HVAC industry.
Probe Length
(in inches)
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
Model
MAFS-24
MAFS-26
MAFS-28
MAFS-30
MAFS-32
MAFS-34
MAFS-36
MAFS-40
MAFS-48
Probe Length
(in inches)
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
40
48
Series
PAFS-1000
4X Ø7/32
[Ø5.54]
L
2
[50.80]
33/64
[12.95]
1-3/64
[26.43]
21/64
[8.46]
Model
MAFS-04
MAFS-06
MAFS-08
MAFS-10
MAFS-12
MAFS-14
MAFS-16
MAFS-18
MAFS-20
MAFS-22
29/64
[11.41]
49/64
[19.43]
1-1/2
[38.10]
2
[50.80]
1/4
[6.35]
1/4
[6.35]
1-1/2
[38.10]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean air.
Wetted Materials: Aluminum AA6063.
Accuracy: 400 to 9000 FPM (45.7 m/s); ±2% FS, ±3% FS for 6˝ and 48˝
length models.
K-Factor: 0.81, 0.80 for 6˝ and 48˝ lengths, 4˝ length=0.82.
Max. Temperature: 400°F (204°C); Gasket: -31 to 230°F (-35 to 110°C).
Minimum Design Flow: 400 fpm (2 m/sec).
Maximum Design Flow: 12,000 fpm (60.91 m/sec).
Process Connections: Dual barb for 3/16˝ or 1/4˝ ID tubing.
Straight Run Requirements: 5 diameters or longest side dimensions.
Averaging Flow Sensor
Ideal for Sensing Fan Flow Rates
MOUNTING HOLES
2XØ3/16 [Ø4.76]
FOAM GASKET
1/8 THK [6.35 THK]
PUSH-ON CONNECTIONS
FOR 3/8 POLY TUBING [9.53 OD]
3-1/2
[88.90]
2-3/4
[69.85]
7/16
[11.11]
1-1/4
[31.75]
The Series PAFS-1000 Averaging Flow Sensor is ideal for sensing differential
pressure in the inlet section of variable air volume terminal units and fan terminal
units. Units can also be used to sense differential pressure at other locations in the
main or branch duct systems.
The “H” port senses total pressure and the “L” port senses static pressure. The
difference between these signals is the differential, or velocity pressure.
For models PAFS-1002 to PAFS-1005, up to four sensing points and lengths of 3-5/32˝
to 9-29/32˝ (8.02 to 25.26 cm) to accommodate box size diameters of 4˝ to 16˝ (10.16
to 40.64 cm) are available. For models PAFS-1006 to PAFS -1011, up to 10 sensing
points and lengths from 12-1/2˝ to 23-29/32˝ (31.75 to 60.72 cm) are available to
accommodate appropriately sized duct dimensions.
APPLICATION
• Zone control in HVAC systems
A
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Air and compatible gases.
Wetted Materials: ABS/polycarbonate (UL94-5V).
Temperature Limits:
Operating: 40 to 120°F (4 to 49°C);
Storage: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C).
Process Connection: 1/4˝ (6 mm) ID, 3/8˝ (10 mm) OD tubing.
Mounting Orientation: Integral flange with gasket.
Weight: 1 oz (28 g).
Model
PAFS-1002
PAFS-1003
PAFS-1004
PAFS-1005
PAFS-1006
PAFS-1007
PAFS-1008
PAFS-1009
PAFS-1010
PAFS-1011
Length (Dimension A)
3-5/32˝ (8.02 cm)
5-13/32˝ (13.73 cm)
7-21/32˝ (19.55 cm)
9-29/32˝ (25.26 cm)
12-1/2˝ (31.75 cm)
14-3/4˝ (37.47 cm)
17-1/8˝ (43.50 cm)
19-13/32˝ (49.29 cm)
21-21/32˝ (55.01 cm)
23-29/32˝ (60.72 cm)
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
17
AIR VELOCITY
1/2 [12.70]
APPROX.
1
[25.40]
018_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:33 AM Page 1
Series
FAFM
Fan Inlet Air Flow Measuring Probe
Lightweight, Durable, & Easy to Install
B
A
FAFM-D-xxxx
7/8
[22.23]
D
LOW
HIGH
AIR VELOCITY
A
A
INLET FLOW VIEW
SECTION A-A
Application Diagram
1
[25.40]
12 [304.80]
B
INLET FLOW VIEW
4
[101.60]
1/16
[1.98]
L = Fan Inlet Dia.
L
HIGH
LOW
SECTION B-B
Application Diagram
1/16
[1.63]
L
D
A
R3/16
[4.76]
FAFM-S-xxxx
3-1/8
[79.38]
5/16
[7.70]
3-5/8
[92.20]
MOUNTING PLATES TO
BE BENT TO FIT INLET
Model FAFM-D
The Model FAFM Fan Inlet Air Flow Measuring Probes use evenly distributed
total and static pressure measuring points to deliver an accurate measurement of
flow in a fan inlet. The Air Flow Measuring Probes can be completely installed from
outside of the fan making it ideal for when proper duct locations are unavailable.
With its lightweight and durable construction in addition to its ease of installation,
this product lends itself to being used in the HVAC industry.
There are two versions of the model FAFM fan inlet air flow probes to choose from
depending on the depth of the fan inlet.
Please Note: A set of two fan inlet air flow measurement probes comes
with every model ordered. A set is necessary in order to ensure an accurate
reading. No more than two air flow measurement probes will be needed to
obtain an accurate reading.
MOUNTING PLATES TO
BE BENT TO FIT INLET
3/4
[19.05]
Model FAFM-S
SPEcIFIcATIoNS
Wetted Materials: Aluminum with clear anodized finish.
Accuracy: ±2% (Note: Field calibration may be required).
Temperature Limit: 400°F (204°C).
Minimum Design Flow: 400 fpm (2.03 m/sec).
Maximum Design Flow: 12,000 fpm (60.96 m/sec).
Process connections: 1/4˝ barb.
For fan inlets with depth less than 3-1/2˝ (8.89 cm): Please order a fan inlet
probe with an “S” suffix. This probe has a diameter of .375˝ (.95 cm). It employs one
total flow measuring tube and one static measuring tube. Each probe is covered with
an extruded aluminum anodized coat. Each measuring tube has multiple sensing
points.
For fan inlets with depth greater than 3-1/2˝ (8.89 cm): Please order a fan
inlet probe with a “D” suffix. This probe has a diameter of 3-1/2˝ (8.89 cm). It
employs extruded aluminum anodized coated probes with both total and static sensors
on each tube.
Ø3/8
[9.53]
FAFM SD-
-
Fan inlet depth less than 3-1/2˝
Fan inlet depth greater than 3-1/2˝
Fan inlet diameter in inches
where the boxes represent the
tens,
ones,
tenths,
and
hundredths digits of the diameter
respectively.
i.e. __ __ . __ __ go to the
corresponding box in the
sequence.
Example: For a fan inlet that is exactly 12˝ in diameter and has a depth of
more than 3-1/2˝ the model number will be: FAFM-D-1200.
Example: For a fan inlet that is 23.89˝ in diameter and has a depth of less than
3-1/2˝ the model number will be: FAFM-S-2389.
Example: For a fan inlet that is 6.24˝ in diameter and has a depth of less than
3-1/2˝ the model number will be: FAFM-S-0624.
18
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
019_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:34 AM Page 1
Series
DAFM
Duct Air Flow Measuring Probe
Lightweight, Durable, & Easy to Install
AIR VELOCITY
1/8
[3.18]
OUTER RADIUS TO MATCH
INNER RADIUS OF DUCT
1 INCH OUTER PERIMETER
INNER RADIUS TO MATCH
OUTER RADIUS OF DUCT
4 INCH OUTER PERIMETER
1/8
[3.18]
1/4˝ BARB FITTINGS TO
BE CENTERED ON PLATE
1-7/16
[36.51]
L
1/2
[12.39]
1/2
[12.39]
1/8
[3.18]
3/8
[9.52]
5
[127.00]
6
[152.40]
1
[25.40]
1/2
[12.70]
1-1/16
[52.39]
Ø1/4 2X
[6.35]
Ø1/4 4X
[6.35]
L = Smallest Duct Diameter
or Length
1/8
[3.18]
2
[50.80]
4
[101.60]
1-7/16
[36.51]
1/2
[12.70]
L
3/8
[9.52]
HIGH
5
[127.00]
6
[152.40]
1/2
[12.70]
1/2
[12.70]
2-1/16
[52.39]
Ø1/4 2X
[6.35]
Ø1/4 4X
[6.35]
the Model DAFM Duct Air Flow Measuring Probe uses evenly distributed total
and static pressure measuring points to deliver an accurate measurement of flow in
a duct. The Air Flow Measuring Probe can be completely installed from outside of the
duct making it very easy to install. With its lightweight and durable construction in
addition to its ease of installation, this product lends itself to being used in the HVAC
industry. These air flow measuring probes may be ordered for either round or
rectangular ducts.
In order to ensure accurate measurements you must determine the number of probes
needed for your size duct. If the duct is rectangular, then consult the chart to
determine appropriate quantity of probes.
If the duct is round, it is only necessary to purchase two probes for any size of duct
and mount them perpendicular to each other.
Short Duct Dimension <12˝ 12˝ to 23˝ 24˝ to 35˝ 36˝ to 59˝ 60˝ to 89˝ >89˝
Number of Probes
1
3
2
4
6
5
SPeciFicAtioNS
Wetted Materials: Aluminum with clear anodized finish.
Accuracy: ±2% (Note: Field calibration may be required).
temperature Limit: 400°F (204°C).
Minimum Design Flow: 400 fpm (2.03 m/sec).
Maximum Design Flow: 12,000 fpm (60.96 m/sec).
Process connections: 1/4˝ barb.
Straight Run Requirements: 5 diameters or longest side dimensions.
Model
DAFM-000
DAFM-001
DAFM-002
DAFM-003
DAFM-004
DAFM-005
DAFM-006
DAFM-007
DAFM-008
DAFM-009
DAFM-100
DAFM-101
DAFM-102
DAFM-103
DAFM-104
DAFM-105
DAFM-106
DAFM-107
DAFM-108
DAFM-109
Duct Shape
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Round
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Rectangular
Smallest Duct Diameter
or Length (L)
6˝ (15.24 cm)
8˝ (20.32 cm)
10˝ (25.4 cm)
12˝ (30.48 cm)
14˝ (35.56 cm)
16˝ (40.64 cm)
18˝ (45.72 cm)
20˝ (50.8 cm)
22˝ (55.88 cm)
24˝ (60.96 cm)
6˝ (15.24 cm)
8˝ (20.32 cm)
10˝ (25.4 cm)
12˝ (30.48 cm)
14˝ (35.56 cm)
16˝ (40.64 cm)
18˝ (45.72 cm)
20˝ (50.8 cm)
22˝ (55.88 cm)
24˝ (60.96 cm)
For larger sizes up to 96˝ (243.84 cm), please contact factory.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
19
020_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:35 AM Page 1
AIR VELOCITY
Series
FLST
Duct Mounted Airflow
Measurement Station
Rectangular, Oval or Circular Configurations
F
L
TOTAL PRESSURE TAKEOFF
1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING
STATIC PRESSURE TAKEOFF
1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING
D
Dimensions
Circular Flange
Station
Flange
Size “D” Thickness
8˝ - 15˝
.064˝
16˝ - 44˝
.064˝
45˝ - 72˝
.188˝
73˝ & Over .188˝
Oval Flange
Station
Flange
Width “W” Thickness
Up to 48˝ .064˝
Over 48˝ .188˝
Rectangular Flange
Station Size
“H” or “W”
8˝ - 72˝
73˝ & Over
Circular Style
.25˝ RADIUS
BEADING EDGE [TYP]
TOTAL PRESSURE TAKEOFF 1/4˝
COMPRESSION FITTING
H
L
STATIC
PRESSURE
TAKEOFF 1/4˝
W
L + 2.5˝
Oval Style
TOTAL PRESSURE [T.P.] TAKEOFF
1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING
AIRFLOW
5˝ [F]
STATIC PRESSURE [S.P.] TAKEOFF
1/4˝ COMPRESSION FITTING
[H]
[W]
Flange
Size “F”
1˝
1-1/2˝
1-1/2˝
2˝
Casing
Length “L”
6˝
6˝
10˝
12˝
Flange
Size “F”
1-1/2˝
1-1/2˝
Casing
Length “L”
6˝
8˝
Flange
Size “F”
1-1/2˝
2˝
Rectangular Style
The Series FLST Airflow Measurement Station is easy to install – simply
connect the tubing to the station fittings, then to a differential pressure manometer,
gage, transmitter or switch. Single or multiple airflow elements are factory mounted
and pre-piped in a casing designed for flanged connection to the ductwork. Standard
materials consist of a G90 galvanized casing and 6063-T5 anodized aluminum flow
sensors, suitable for most HVAC applications.
The Series FLST utilizes an airflow averaging element in a head-type device,
generating a differential (velocity) pressure signal similar to the orifice, venturi, and
other head producing primary elements. Strategically located sensing ports
continually sample the total and static pressures when inserted normal to flow.
Total pressures sensed by the upstream ports are continually averaged within the
airflow element in an isolated chamber. The static sensing ports are averaged in a
second isolation chamber. Multiple elements are joined together for connection to a
differential measurement device (gage, transmitter, etc.) for flow measurement and
indication purposes.
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Within 2% of actual flow when installed in accordance with
published recommendations.
K-Factor: 0.97.
Velocity Range: 100 to 10,000 FPM (0.51-51 m/s).
Wetted Material: Elements: 6063-T5 anodized aluminum; Casings: 16 ga G90
galvanized steel.
Temperature Limits: Galvanized casings and aluminum elements 350°F
(177°C) continuous operation (in air) 400°F (204°C) intermittent operation (in
air).
Humidity: All airflow stations 0 to 100% non condensing.
Process Connections: 1/4˝ compression fittings.
FEATURES
• Low signal-to-noise ratio
• Multiple total and static pressure sensing ports along the length of the
element
• Factory mounted and pre-piped in a flanged duct section (casing)
• ±2% accuracy throughout velocity ranges of 100 FPM and over
• Standard construction includes galvanized casing and 6063-T5 anodized
aluminum flow sensors
• Standard airflow stations can be operated (in air) continuously in
temperatures up to 350°F or intermittently in temperatures up to 400°F
• All airflow stations can be operated in humidity ranges of 0 to 100%
• Standard airflow stations have good salt air resistance and are suitable for
most HVAC applications
Rectangular or Oval Models
How To Order:
x
FLSTR - Rectangular
O - Oval
-
Height (in) x Width (in)
Option
IM - Internal Pressure
Connections
F - Flange for Oval Mount
Station
Circular Models
FLST-C
Diameter (in)
Note: When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will
always be located on the longer of the two dimensions.
20
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
021_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:36 AM Page 1
Series
STRA
AIR VELOCITY
Duct Mounted Airflow
Measurement Station
Integral Flow Straightener, Ideal for Turbulent Measuring Conditions
[F]
[L]
TOTAL PRESSURE
[T.P.] TAKEOFF
1/4˝ COMPRESSION
FITTING
AIRFLOW
Circular Flange Dimensions
Station
Flange
Flange Casing
Size “D”
Thickness Size “F” Length “L”
8˝ – 15˝
.064˝
1˝
8˝
16˝ – 44˝
.064˝
1-1/2˝
8˝
45˝ – 72˝
.188˝
1-1/2˝
10˝
73˝ & Over .188˝
2˝
12˝
STATIC PRESSURE
[S.P.] TAKEOFF
1/4˝ COMPRESSION
FITTING
[D]
AIR
STRAIGHTENER
3.25
*Note: All oval flow stations without flange
have a casing length of 8˝.
.25˝ RADIUS
BEADED EDGE [TYP]
TOTAL PRESSURE
[T.P.] TAKEOFF 1/4˝
COMPRESSION
FITTING
AIRFLOW
Oval Flange Dimensions (Optional)
Flange *Casing
Station
Flange
Length “L”
Width “W” Thickness Size
1-1/2˝ 8˝
Up to 44˝ .064˝
1-1/2˝ 10˝
Over 44˝ .188˝
STATIC PRESSURE
[S.P.] TAKEOFF
1/4˝ COMPRESSION
FITTING
[H]
[L]
[W]
[L+2.5]
[W]
8˝
[F]
TOTAL PRESSURE
[T.P.] TAKEOFF
1/4˝ COMPRESSION
FITTING
AIRFLOW
Rectangular Flange Dimensions
Station
Flange
Size “H” or “W” Size “F”
8˝ – 72˝
1-1/2˝
73˝ & Over
2˝
STATIC PRESSURE
[H]
[S.P.] TAKEOFF
1/4˝ COMPRESSION
FITTING
Selectable Sizes: 1. Oval or rectangular “H” or “W” dimensions in inches can be the following: 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 40, 44, 48,
52, 56, 60, 66, 72, 78, 84, 90, 96, 102, 108, 114 or 120. 2. Circular “D” dimension in inches can be the following: 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32,
36, 40, 44, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72, 78, 84, 90, 96, 102, 108, 114 or 120
The Series STRA Airflow Measurement Station is easy to install – simply
connect the tubing to the station fittings, then to a differential pressure manometer,
gage, transmitter or switch. Single or multiple airflow elements are factory mounted
and pre-piped in a casing designed for flanged connection to the ductwork. The Series
STRA utilizes an airflow averaging element in a head-type device, generating a
differential (velocity) pressure signal similar to the orifice, venturi, and other head
producing primary elements. It has been developed with a honeycomb airflow
straightening section for use in duct systems having highly turbulent conditions at the
point of measurement. Strategically located sensing ports continually sample the
total and static pressures when inserted normal to flow. Total pressures sensed by
the upstream ports are continually averaged within the airflow element in an isolated
chamber. The static sensing ports are averaged in a second isolation chamber.
Multiple elements are joined together for connection to a differential measurement
device (gage, transmitter, etc.) for flow measurement and indication purposes.
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Within 2% of actual flow when installed in accordance with
published recommendations.
K Factor: 0.97.
Velocity Range: 100 to 10,000 FPM (0.51 to 51 m/s).
Wetted Materials: Elements: 6063-T5 anodized aluminum; Casings: 16 ga
G90 galvanized steel, 3003 aluminum air flow straightener.
Temperature Limits: Galvanized casings and aluminum elements 350°F
(177°C) continuous operation (in air), 400°F (204°C) intermittent operation
(in air).
Humidity Limits: All airflow stations 0 to 100% non condensing.
Process Connections: 1/4˝ compression fittings.
FEATURES
• Low signal-to-noise ratio
• Honeycomb airflow straightening section with 1/2˝ opening by 3˝
depth
• Multiple total and static pressure sensing ports along the length of
the element
• Factory mounted and pre-piped in a flanged duct section (casing)
• ±2% accuracy throughout velocity ranges of 100 fpm and over
• Standard construction includes galvanized casing and 6063-T5
anodized aluminum flow sensors
• Standard airflow stations can be operated (in air) continuously in
temperatures up to 350°F or intermittently in temperatures up to 400°F
• All airflow stations can be operated in humidity ranges of 0 to 100%
• Standard airflow stations have good salt air resistance and are
suitable for most HVAC applications
• Great for use where turbulent conditions exist
Rectangular or Oval Models:
STRAR - Rectangular
O - Oval
x
-
Height (in) x Width (in)
Option
IM - Internal Pressure
Connections
F - Flange for Oval Mount
Station
Circular Models:
STRA-C
Diameter (in)
When ordering rectangular or oval flow stations, pressure taps will always be
located on the longer of the two dimensions.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
21
022_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:36 AM Page 1
Series
RHP-E/N
Wall Mount Humidity/Temperature/
Dew Point Transmitter
Optional LCD Display, Replaceable Sensors
North American
1.10
[27.96]
.552
[14.02]
2x .176
[4.47]
HUMIDITY
4.50
[114.30]
3.000
[76.20]
.573
[14.56]
European
2.80
[71.12]
3.65
[92.72]
European
North American
3.56
[90.42]
The Series RHP-E/N Wall Mount Humidity/Temperature/Dew Point
Transmitter is the most versatile room transmitter on the market. The stylish
housing is well vented to provide air flow across the sensor to improve measurement
accuracy. An optional LCD display can be integral to the transmitter or a remote
display can be ordered for building balancing or LEED® validation. The LCD display
indicates the ambient temperature along with the humidity or dew point. The
transmitter has internal dip switches to select the temperature engineering units
and whether the transmitter outputs humidity or dew point.
The humidity and temperature sensors are field replaceable to reduce service cost
and inventory. The humidity and the dew point are measured using a capacitive
polymer sensor that completely recovers from 100% saturation. The humidity and
dew point can have either a current or voltage output, while the optional temperature
output can be a current, voltage, RTD or thermistor. For models with current or
voltage for the temperature output, the temperature range is field selectable.
Example
Series
RHP 3 N 4 A LCD
RHP
Accuracy
2
3
5
Housing
E
N
Humidity/Dew
Point Output
Temperature
Output
4
0
4
A
B
C
D
E
F
Options
LCD
NIST
RHP-3N4A-LCD
Humidity/Temperature/
Dew Point Transmitter
2% Accuracy
3% Accuracy
5% Accuracy
European Wall Mount
North American Wall Mount
4-20mA/0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC
None
4-20mA/0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC
10KΩ @ 25°C Thermistor
Type III
10KΩ @ 25°C Thermistor
Type II
3KΩ @ 25°C Thermistor
100Ω RTD DIN 385
1KΩ RTD DIN 385
20KΩ @ 25°C Thermistor
LCD Display
NIST traceable calibration
certificate (Humidity)
ACCESSORIES
A-449, Remote LCD Display allows remote
indication of select Dwyer Wall Mount
Transmitters for validation or certification
purposes
1.08
[27.33]
1.18
[30]
.33
[8.38]
3x .37
[9.36]
1.16
[29.39]
3x .15
[3.87]
SPECIFICATIONS
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100% RH.
Temperature Range: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C) for thermistor and RTD
sensors.
-20 to 140°F (-28.9 to 60°C) for solid state band gap temperature sensors.
Dew Point Temperature Range: -20 to 140°F (-28.9 to 60°C); 0 to 100°F
(-17.8 to 37.8°C); 40 to 90°F (4.4 to 32.3°C); -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C) fieldselectable ranges.
Accuracy:
RH: Model RHP-2XXX ±2% 10-90% RH @ 25°C; Model RHP-3XXX ±3%
20-80% RH @ 25°C; Model RHP-5XXX ±5% 20-80% RH @ 25°C;
Thermistor temperature sensor: ±0.36°F @ 77°F (±0.2°C @ 25°C);
RTD temperature sensor: DIN Class B; ±0.54°F @ 32°F (±0.3°C @ 0°C);
Solid state band gap temperature sensor: ±0.9°F @ 77°F (±0.3°C @ 25°C).
Hysteresis: ±1%.
Repeatability: ±0.1% typical.
Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C);
Storage: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C).
Compensated Temperature Range: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C).
4-20 mA Loop Powered Outputs:
Power requirements: 10 to 35 VDC;
Output signal: 4 to 20 mA, 2 channels for humidity/solid state temperature
sensor models (loop powered on RH). Switch selectable RH/dew point.
Switch selectable normal or reverse output.
0-5/10V Outputs:
Power requirements: 15 to 35 VDC or 15 to 29 VAC;
Output load: 5 mA max., 2 channels for humidity/solid state temperature
sensor models. Switch selectable 0-10V/2-10V or 0-5V/1-5V output. Switch
selectable RH/dew point. Switch selectable normal or reverse output.
Solid State Band Gap Temperature Sensor Output Ranges: Switch
selectable, -20 to 140°F (-28.9 to 60°C); 0 to 100°F (-17.8 to 37.8°C); 40 to
90°F (4.4 to 32.3°C); -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C).
Response Time: 15 seconds.
Electrical Connections: Screw terminal block.
Drift: <1% RH/year.
RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer.
Enclosure Material: White polycarbonate (European); Warm gray
polycarbonate (North American).
Display: Optional LCD; Switch selectable %RH or dew point, °F/°C.
Display Resolution: RH: 1%; Temperature: 0.1°F (0.1°C); Dew Point: 1°F
(1°C).
Weight: 4.4 oz (125 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
A-449A, Remote LCD Display with buttons
allows remote indication and calibration of
select Dwyer® Wall Mount Transmitters for
validation and certification purposes
SCD-PS, 100-240 VAC/VDC to 24 VDC
Power Supply
LEED® is a registered trademark of US Green Building Council.
22
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
023_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:37 AM Page 1
Series
RHP
Humidity/Temperature Transmitter
Passive Temperature Outputs, Sintered Filter Options
OSA (Outside Air)
Duct Mount
4-17/32
[115.09]
5-1/8
4-17/32 [130.18]
[115.09]
2-15/64
[56.75]
3-1/8
[79.38]
3-1/8
[79.38]
1-13/64
[30.56]
2-11/64
[55.17]
2-9/64
[54.37]
1/2 NPT
2-33/64
[63.90]
9
[228.60]
Sintered Filter Version
ø35/64
[ø13.89]
ø3-7/16
[ø87.31]
6-25/32
[172.09]
55/64
[21.83]
5-1/8
[130.18]
2-1/4
[57.15]
3-45/64
[94.06]
ø3-11/64
[ø80.57]
6-25/32
[172.16]
2- 9/16
[64.96]
2-11/64
[55.12]
2-41/64
[67.07]
The Series RHP Temperature and Humidity Transmitter combine the voltage
or current humidity transmitter output with a passive temperature thermistor or
RTD output. The polymer capacitance humidity sensor is not affected by
condensation, fog, high humidity, or contaminants. The humidity sensors are available
with 2%, 3% or 5% accuracies. Duct mounted transmitters are available with an
optional two-line alpha numeric LCD display. The Series RHP is available with
interchangeable filter options as well as replaceable sensors.
Example
Series
Accuracy
Housing
Type
RHP 2 D 1 A LCD
RHP
2
3
5
D
F
O
S
R
RH Output
Temperature
Sensor
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
A
B
C
D
E
F
Option
55/64
[21.83]
(3) 3/16 (4.76) HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED ON A
4 115 (104.52) BC
LCD
NIST
RHP-2D1A-LCD
RH/Passive Temperature
Sensor Transmitter
2% Accuracy
3% Accuracy
5% Accuracy
Duct Mount
w/Membrane Filter
Duct Mount
w/Sintered Filter
OSA (Outside Air)
OSA w/Sintered Filter*
Radiation Shield
4 to 20mA
0 to 10V
0 to 5 VDC
None
4 to 20mA
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
10K @ 25°C Thermistor
Type III
10K @ 25°C Thermistor
Type II
3K @ 25°C Thermistor
100Ω RTD DIN 385
1KΩ RTD DIN 385
20KΩ @ 25°C Thermistor
LCD Display
NIST traceable calibration
certificate (Humidity)
*Model RHRS Radiation Shield is required for sintered filter OSA models.
SPECIFICATIONS
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100% RH.
Temperature Range: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C).
Accuracy, RH:
RHP-2XXX ±2% 10-90% RH @ 25°C;
RHP-3XXX ±3% 20-80% RH @ 25°C;
RHP-5XXX ±5% 20-80% RH @ 25°C.
Accuracy, Thermistor Temp Sensor: ±0.2°C @ 25°C (±0.36°F @ 77°F).
Accuracy, RTD Temp Sensor: DIN Class B; ±0.3°C @ 0°C (±0.54°F @
32°F).
Hysteresis: ±1%.
Repeatability: ±0.1% typical.
Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C).
Storage Temperature: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C).
Compensated Temperature Range: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C).
4 to 20 mA Loop Powered Models:
Power requirements: 10 to 35 VDC;
Output signal: 4 to 20 mA.
0-5/10V Output Models:
Power requirements: 15 to 35 VDC or 15 to 29 VAC;
Output signal: 0 to 10V @ 5 mA max.
Response Time: 15 seconds.
Electrical Connections: Removable screw terminal block.
Conduit Connection:
Duct mount: 1/2˝ NPS;
OSA: 1/2˝ (22.3 mm).
Drift: <1% RH/year.
RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer.
Temperature Sensor:
Types 1, 2, 3: Solid state band gap;
Curves A, B, C: Thermistor;
Curves D, E: Platinum RTD DIN 385.
Enclosure:
Duct mount: PBT;
OSA: Polycarbonate.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66) for OSA mount only.
Display: Duct mount only, optional 2-line alpha numeric, 8 characters/line.
Display Resolution: RH: 0.1%; 0.1°F (0.1°C).
Weight:
Duct mount: .616 lb (.3 kg);
OSA: 1 lb (.45 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
23
HUMIDITY
Ø3/16
[4.76]
MOUNTING
HOLES
TYP 4 PLCS
024_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:37 AM Page 1
Series
RHRS
Outside Air Humidity Radiation Shield
6 or 10 Plate Design, Integral Pipe Mounting Kit
HUMIDITY
ø5-1/8
[130.18]
ø4-47/64
[120.25]
4-31/32
[126.21]
8-43/64
[220.27]
RHRS
Ø5-1/8
[130.18]
Ø4-47/64
[120.25]
6-13/64
[157.65]
10-37/64
[268.73]
RHRS-10
Picture shown with Series RHP
Humidity Transmitter* (sold separately)
The Series RHRS Radiation Shield protects outside air humidity transmitters
from rain and radiated heat. With the curved shape and color of the plates, air flow
is able to move across the sensor to keep radiated temperatures from rooftops and
surrounding surfaces from affecting humidity readings. For ease of installation, the
Series RHRS has integral pipe mounting hardware which can be removed for surface
mounting applications. The brackets on the Series RHRS are specifically designed
to be installed on the Dwyer Series RHP outside air humidity transmitters with
sintered filters. The pipe mounting bracket fits 3/4˝ to 1-1/2˝ iron pipe.
24
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
Model RHRS, 6 Plate Radiation Shield
Model RHRS-10, 10 Plate Radiation Shield
*Only sintered filter OSA models of Series RHP are compatible with the shield.
025_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:38 AM Page 1
Series
WHT
Weather-Resistant Humidity/
Temperature Transmitter
Compact Housing, Sintered Filter
2X 5/16 [7.94]
3-31/64
[88.5]
3
[76.2]
4
[101.6]
4-9/16
[115.89]
1-27/64 1-31/64
[36.12] [37.70]
HUMIDITY
2-3/4
[69.85]
The Compact Series WHT Humidity/Temperature Transmitter is designed
to withstand the elements. A removable sintered filter protects the polymer
capacitance sensor from solid objects that may come in contact with the transmitter.
The transmitter is available with 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 VDC output signals for both
temperature and humidity. This transmitter is ideal for measuring outside air
temperature and humidity levels for air handling economizer applications.
Model
Accuracy
WHT-310 3%
WHT-311 3%
WHT-320 3%
WHT-322 3%
WHT-330 3%
WHT-333 3%
WHT-31A 3%
WHT-32A 3%
RH Output
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 5 VDC
4 to 20 mA
0 to 10 VDC
Temperature
None
4 to 20 mA
None
0 to 10 VDC
None
0 to 5 VDC
10K Ω Type III
10K Ω Type III
Note: For 2% accuracy, change the leading 3 to a 2.
(For example, WHT-210)
Series
RH-R
SPECIFICATIONS
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to
100% RH.
Temperature Range: -40 to 140°F
(-40 to 60°C).
Accuracy, RH: ±3% 20 to 80% RH,
±4% @ 10-20%, 80 to 90%.
Accuracy, Temp Models with 4 to
20 mA Temp. Output: ±0.9°F @
72°F (±0.3°C @ 25°C).
Accuracy, Temp Models with
Passive Thermistor Temp Sensor:
±0.36°F @ 77°F (±0.2°C @ 25°C).
Hysteresis, RH: ±1%.
Repeatability, RH: ±0.1% typical.
Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F
(-40 to 60°C).
Storage Temperature: -40 to 176°F
(-40 to 80°C).
Compensated Temperature
Range, RH: -4 to 140°F (-20 to
60°C).
4 to 20 mA Loop Powered
Models: Power requirements: 10 to
35 VDC; Output signal: 4 to 20 mA.
0 to 10 V Output Models: Power
requirements: 15 to 35 VDC or 15 to
29 VAC; Output signal: 0 to 10 V @
5 mA max.
0 to 5 V Output Models: Power
requirements: 10 to 35 VDC or 10 to
29 VAC; Output signal: 0 to 5 V @ 5
mA max.
Response Time: 15 seconds.
Electrical Connections:
Removable screw terminal block.
Drift: <1% RH/year.
RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer.
Temperature Sensor: 4 to 20 mA
output, solid state band gap.
Passive output: 10K @ 25°C
thermistor (Dwyer curve A).
Enclosure: ABS.
Enclosure Rating: Designed to
meet NEMA 3S (IP54).
Weight: 0.3 oz (8.5 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
Humidity/Temperature Transmitter
Remote Mount, Field Replaceable Sensor Filter, Up to 16 Cable
5-1/8
[130.18]
5/8
[15.88]
3-45/64
[94.06]
4-1/32
[102.39]
2-1/4
[57.15]
2-37/64 2-29/64
[65.48] [11.51]
55/64
[21.83]
2-41/64
[67.07]
The Series RH-R Humidity Transmitter is the ideal transmitter for those
applications where space is limited. The compact sensor is protected by a removable
filter. It can be mounted up to 16 feet away from the weatherproof base. The Series
RH-R is ideal for environmental chambers, rubber bladder burst detection and air
handler applications.
Model
RHU-R004
RHU-R008
RHU-R012
RHU-R016
RHT-R004
RHT-R008
RHT-R012
RHT-R016
RHU-R104
RHU-R108
RHU-R112
RHU-R116
RHT-R104
RHT-R108
RHT-R112
RHT-R116
Cable Length
4´
8´
12´
16´
4´
8´
12´
16´
4´
8´
12´
16´
4´
8´
12´
16´
Description
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Humidity/Temperature
Output
Current
Current
Current
Current
Current
Current
Current
Current
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Dry clean air.
Relative Humidity Range: 0 to 100% RH.
Temperature Range: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C).
Accuracy: ±2% @ 10-90%.
Temperature Limits: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C).
Storage Temperature: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C).
Compensated Temperature Range: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C).
Power Requirements: 10 to 35 VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA loop powered or 0 to 10 VDC.
Response Time: Less than 15 seconds.
Electrical Connections: Terminal block.
Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ NPT.
Process Connection: 1/2 NPSM.
Drift: Less than 1%/year.
RH Sensor: Capacitance polymer
Cable Length: Up to 16 ft.
Housing Material: Polycarbonate, aluminum enclosure.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Agency Approvals: CE.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
25
026_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:38 AM Page 1
Series
CDTE/N/D
Carbon Dioxide/Temperature Transmitter
NDIR Sensor, Universal Outputs, Optional Relay
RoHS
1.10
[27.96]
1.08
[27.33]
4.50
[114.30]
3.65
[92.72]
European
North American
3.56
[90.42]
GAS SENSING
1/8˝
[3.175]
Duct
4-25/32˝
[121.612]
4-9/32˝
[108.912]
2.80
[71.12]
1-15/64˝
[31.411]
11-49/64˝
[298.956]
2-13/16˝
[71.238]
Ø3-5/16˝
[84.074]
Series CDT Carbon Dioxide and Temperature Transmitters accurately
monitor the CO2 concentration and temperature in schools, office buildings, and other
indoor environments to help achieve LEED® certification. For increased sensor
accuracy, a single-beam dual-wavelength non-dispersive infrared (NDIR) sensor is
used to automatically correct the measurement in both occupied and unoccupied
buildings against light source aging effects. The single-beam dual-wavelength sensor
technology provides the highest level of accuracy compared to Automatic Baseline
Correction methods which can unintentionally shift the calibration based on CO2
levels and barometric pressure conditions. In order to achieve a higher level of
accuracy, the Series CDT includes digital barometric pressure adjustment and the
ability to field-calibrate the sensor.
Universal outputs for both carbon dioxide and temperature allow users to select the
transmitter output to be 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 5 VDC, or 0 to 10 VDC to work with virtually
any building management controller. Additionally, a passive thermistor or RTD
sensor can be ordered for a temperature output. An optional relay with user
adjustable set points can be used to control exhaust fans, open actuated windows or
dampers, or signal a light or horn.
For applications that require visual indication, the wall mount configurations of the
Series CDT can be ordered with an integral LCD display. When ordering a duct
mount configuration or a wall mount configuration without the display, the Model A449 or A-449A remote LCD display can plug into the miniature connector port on
the transmitter. The display can be configured to display temperature only, CO2 only,
or CO2 and temperature together. Push buttons are standard on all configurations of
the transmitters for access to the menu structure, but wall mount configurations can
be ordered without the buttons. To prevent tampering, the action of the buttons can
be locked out using an internal dip switch selection. Menu items that can be accessed
via the push buttons include: engineering units, relay output set points, display
configuration, transmitter output scaling, ambient barometric pressure, and field
calibration of the transmitter.
Single beam dual-wavelength sensor advantages:
• Automatically corrects for aging effects in occupied and unoccupied
buildings*
o
Perfect for hospitals and manufacturing plants that are occupied 24 hours
per day
• Measures actual unfiltered light intensity directly
o
Eliminates error from incorrect assumptions of gas concentration in
theoretical logic assumption methods
SpECIfICATIONS
Sensor: Single beam, dualwavelength NDIR.
Range:
CO2: 0 to 2000 or 0 to 5000 ppm
(depending on model);
Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to
50°C).
Accuracy:
CO2: ±40 ppm ±3% of reading;
RH: ±2% (10 to 90% RH);
Temperature: ±1°C @ 25°C.
Temperature Dependence: ±8
ppm/°C at 1100 ppm.
Non-Linearity: 16 ppm.
pressure Dependence: 0.13% of
reading per mm of Hg.
Response Time: 2 min for 99%
step change.
CDT -2 N 4 4 -LCD
2
5
N
Configuration
E
D
4
CO2 Output
0
Temperature
4
Output
A
B
C
D
E
F
-LCD
Options
-RLY
-NBC
Series
Range
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F
(0 to 50°C).
Humidity Limits: 10 to 95% RH
(non-condensing).
power Requirements: 16 to 35
VDC or 19 to 28 VAC.
power Consumption: Average: 2
w; Peak: 3.75 w.
Output:
Current: 4 to 20 mA (max. 500 Ω);
Voltage: 0 to 5 VDC or 0 to 10
VDC (min. 500 Ω);
Relay: SPST NO rated 2A @ 30
VDC;
RTD or thermistor per r-t curves
on page XXX (depending on
model).
Weight: 4.4 oz (125 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, RoHS.
Example: CDT-2N44-LCD
0 to 2000 ppm CO2 range
0 to 5000 ppm CO2 range
North American Wall Mount
European Wall Mount
Duct Mount
4 to 20 mA / 0 to (5 or 10) VDC
None
4 to 20 mA / 0 to (5 or 10) VDC
10 KΩ NTC thermistor type III
10 KΩ NTC thermistor type II
3 KΩ NTC thermistor
Pt100 Ω RTD
Pt1000 Ω RTD
20 KΩ NTC thermistor
LCD display (wall only)
Relay
No buttons (wall only)
* For buildings occupied 24 hours per day, it is recommended that calibration
be verified every 6 to 12 months depending on application.
ACCESSORIES
A-449, Remote LCD Display allows remote indication of
select Dwyer® Wall Mount Transmitters for validation or
certification purposes
GCK-200CO-2000CO2, Calibration Gas Kit includes a 99.99%
Nitrogen gas cylinder for calibrating the zero point and a 200 PPM
CO / 2000 PPM CO2 gas cylinder for calibrating the span point on
Dwyer’s gas sensing transmitters
A-449A, Remote LCD Display with buttons allows remote
indication and calibration of select Dwyer® Wall Mount
Transmitters for validation and certification purposes
LEED® is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council.
26
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
027_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:39 AM Page 1
Series
CDTRE/N
Carbon Dioxide/RH/
Temperature Transmitter
NDIR CO2 Sensor, Universal CO2/RH Outputs, Optional Relay
1.10
[27.96]
1.08
[27.33]
4.50
[114.30]
3.65
[92.72]
European
North American
3.56
[90.42]
4-25/32˝
[121.612]
4-9/32˝
[108.912]
1-15/64˝
[31.411]
GAS SENSING
1/8˝
[3.175]
2.80
[71.12]
11-49/64˝
[298.956]
2-13/16˝
[71.238]
Ø3-5/16˝
[84.074]
Series CDTR Carbon Dioxide, Relative Humidity and Temperature
Transmitters reduce the number of sensors mounted on a wall or in a duct. By
combining CO2, RH, and temperature in one device, system integrators are able to
lower installation time of mounting multiple housings, while lowering material cost
at the same time. Even with the three sensors combined into a single unit,
replacement cost is not increased due to the pluggable nature of the humidity sensor,
which allows it or the temperature to be replaced at a fraction of the cost of a new CO2
transmitter.
Like our popular Series CDT Carbon Dioxide Transmitter, a single-beam dualwavelength non-dispersive infrared (NDIR) sensor is used to automatically correct the
measurement in both occupied* and unoccupied buildings against light source aging
effects. The single-beam dual-wavelength sensor technology provides a higher level of
accuracy compared to Automatic Baseline Correction methods which can
unintentionally shift the calibration based on CO2 levels and barometric pressure
conditions. In order to achieve the best possible accuracy, the Series CDTR also
includes digital barometric pressure adjustment and the ability to field-calibrate the
sensor.
Universal outputs for both carbon dioxide and relative humidity allow users to select
the transmitter output to be 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 5 VDC, or 0 to 10 VDC to work with
virtually any building management controller. Additionally, passive thermistor or
RTD sensor can be ordered for a temperature output. An optional relay for the
carbon dioxide measurement can be used to control exhaust fans, open actuated
windows or dampers, or signal a light or horn.
For applications that require visual indication, the wall mount configurations of the
Series CDTR can be ordered with an integral LCD display. When ordering a duct
mount configuration or a wall mount configuration without the display, the Model A449 or A-449A remote LCD display can plug into the miniature connector port on
the transmitter. The display can be configured to display temperature only, relative
humidity only, CO2 only, CO2 and humidity, or CO2 and temperature. Push buttons
are standard on all configurations of the transmitters for access to the menu
structure, but wall mount configurations can be ordered without the buttons. To
prevent tampering, the action of the buttons can be locked out using an internal
jumper selection. Menu items that can be accessed via the push buttons include:
engineering units, relay output set points, display configuration, transmitter output
scaling, ambient barometric pressure, and field calibration of the transmitter.
*For buildings occupied 24 hours per day, it is recommended that calibration be
verified every 6 to 12 months depending on application.
GCK-200CO-2000CO2, Calibration Gas Kit includes a 99.99%
Nitrogen gas cylinder for calibrating the zero point and a 200 PPM
CO / 2000 PPM CO2 gas cylinder for calibrating the span point on
Dwyer’s gas sensing transmitters
SpECIfICATIONS
Range:
CO2: 0 to 2000 or 0 to 5000 ppm
(depending on model);
Relative Humidity: 0 to 100%;
Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to
50°C).
Accuracy: ±40 ppm + 3% of
reading (CO2); ±2% (RH).
Temperature Dependence: ±8 ppm
/ °C at 1100 ppm.
Non-Linearity: 16 ppm.
pressure Dependence: 0.13% of
reading per mm of Hg.
Response Time: 2 minutes for 99%
step change.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0
to 50°C).
Humidity Limits: 10 to 95% RH
(non-condensing).
power Requirements: 16 to 35
VDC / 19 to 28 VAC.
power Consumption: Average: 2
watts; Peak: 3.75 watts.
Sensor: Single-beam, dualwavelength NDIR.
Output:
Current: 4 to 20 mA (max 500 Ω);
Voltage: 0 to 5 VDC or 0 to 10
VDC (min 500 Ω);
Relay: SPST NO 2A @ 30 VDC;
RTD or thermistor per r-t curves
(depending on model).
Weight: 5.6 oz (158.8 g).
Agency Approvals: CE.
CDTR- 2 N 4 A 4 -LCD
Example: CDTR-2N4A4-LCD
2
0 to 2000 ppm CO2 range
0 to 5000 ppm CO2 range
5
North American Wall Mount
N
Configuration
European Wall Mount
E
4 to 20 mA / 0 to (5 or 10) VDC
4
CO2 Output
0
None
Temperature
A
10 KΩ NTC thermistor type III
Output
B
10 KΩ NTC thermistor type II
C
3 KΩ NTC thermistor
D
Pt100 Ω RTD
E
Pt1000 Ω RTD
F
20 KΩ NTC thermistor
4
4 to 20 mA / 0 to (5 or 10) VDC
RH Output
-LCD
LCD display (wall only)
Options
-RLY
Relay
-NBC
No buttons (wall only)
ACCESSORIES
A-449, Remote LCD Display allows remote indication of
select Dwyer® Wall Mount Transmitters for validation or
certification purposes
Series
Range
A-449A, Remote LCD Display with buttons allows remote
indication and calibration of select Dwyer® Wall Mount
Transmitters for validation and certification purposes
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
27
028_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:40 AM Page 1
Series
CDTA
Communicating Carbon Dioxide Detector
Measures CO2, Humidity, Temperature, Temperature Set Point, and Override
RoHS
1.10
[27.96]
1.08
[27.33]
4.50
[114.30]
3.65
[92.72]
GAS SENSING
3.56
[90.42]
European
2.80
[71.12]
North American
The Series CDTA Communicating Carbon Dioxide Detector combines the
function of three room sensors into a single, compact housing. Parameters include
carbon dioxide, humidity, temperature, and temperature set point with override. By
having field selectable Modbus® and BACnet Communications, only four wires are
needed for power and the communication signal. The communicating detectors can
be daisy-chained together to further reduce installation cost. In order to reduce the
set up time, the RS-485 MAC address is set up using on board dip switches. A second
set of dip switches are used to select whether output is Modbus® RTU or BACnet
MS/TP communication protocols and to limit access to the set up menu.
Like our Series CDT Carbon Dioxide Transmitter, the Series CDTA uses a Single
Beam Dual Wavelength Non-Dispersive Infrared (NDIR) sensor to measure the
carbon dioxide level. This technology can be used in installations that will be occupied
24 hours per day. For improved accuracy, the transmitter can be field calibrated to
the environmental conditions of the installation. Also, the barometric pressure can be
programmed to correct for altitude. The humidity uses a capacitive polymer sensor
and the temperature is measured using a 10KΩ thermistor sensor. The humidity
sensor is field replaceable without the need for additional calibration.
Optional local and remote displays are available to display any of the parameters. For
applications in which the building occupants aren’t familiar with CO2 concentrations,
the LCD can be programmed to display temperature, humidity, or temperature set
point instead.
FEATURES
• Field selectable Modbus® and BACnet communications
• Single-beam dual-wavelength CO2 sensor
• Replaceable humidity/temperature sensor
• Physical hardware lockout
• Optional remote display tool
ACCESSORIES
GCK-200CO-2000CO2, Calibration Gas Kit includes a 99.99%
Nitrogen gas cylinder for calibrating the zero point and a 200 PPM
CO / 2000 PPM CO2 gas cylinder for calibrating the span point on
Dwyer’s gas sensing transmitters
SPECIFICATIONS
Sensor (CO2): Single-beam, dual-wavelength NDIR;
Humidity: Capacitive polymer;
Temperature: 10KΩ thermistor.
Range:
CO2: 0 to 2000 or 5000 PPM CO2 (depending on model);
Humidity: 0 to 100% RH;
Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C).
Accuracy:
CO2: ±40 ppm ±3% of reading;
RH: ±2% (10 to 90% RH);
Temperature: ±1°C @ 25°C.
Temperature Dependence (CO2): ±8 ppm / °C at 1100 ppm.
Non-Linearity (CO2): 16 ppm.
Pressure Dependence (CO2): 0.13% of reading per mm of Hg.
Response Time (CO2): 2 minutes for 99% step change.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C).
Humidity Limits: 10 to 95% RH (non-condensing).
Power Requirements: 10 to 42 VDC / 10 to 30 VAC.
Power Consumption:
Average: 0.5 watts;
Peak: 1.2 watts.
Output: 2-wire RS-485, Modbus® RTU or BACnet MS/TP communication
protocol.
Weight: 4.4 oz (125 g).
Agency Approvals: BTL, CE, RoHS.
Model
CDTA-2N000
CDTA-2N000-LCD
CDTA-2E000
CDTA-2E000-LCD
CDTA-5N000
CDTA-5N000-LCD
CDTA-5E000
CDTA-5E000-LCD
CO2
Concentration
2000 PPM
2000 PPM
2000 PPM
2000 PPM
5000 PPM
5000 PPM
5000 PPM
5000 PPM
Housing
North American
North American
European
European
North American
North American
European
European
Display
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
A-449, Remote LCD Display allows remote indication of select
Dwyer Wall Mount Transmitters for validation or certification
purposes
A-449A, Remote LCD Display with buttons allows remote
indication and calibration of select Dwyer® Wall Mount Transmitters
for validation and certification purposes
Modbus® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc.
28
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
029_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:41 AM Page 1
Series
GSTA
Carbon Monoxide/Nitrogen Dioxide
Gas Transmitter
High Accuracy Electrochemical Sensor, Universal Output
3-45/64
[94.06]
3-1/8
[107.95]
2-15/64
[56.75]
A-505, CO Replacement Sensor
A-506, NO2 Replacement Sensor
A-507, Calibration Adapter
Model
CMT200
4-17/32
[115.09]
3-59/64
[100]
SPECIFICATIONS
Sensor: Field replaceable
electrochemical, 4 years typical
lifespan. Recommend calibration
every 6 months.
Range: CO: selectable 0-50 ppm up
to 0-500 ppm; NO2: 10 ppm.
Output Drift: <5% per year in air.
Coverage Area: 5000 to 7500 sq ft
typical.
Accuracy: CO=2% of reading,
NO2=3% of reading at the time of
calibration.
Resolution: CO=1 ppm; NO2 = 0.1
ppm.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: -4 to 122°F (-20 to
50°C);
Storage: For best sensor life, 32
to 68°F (0 to 20°C).
Humidity Limits: 15 to 90% RH
constant; 0 to 99% RH intermittent.
Response Time: <45 seconds to
90% CO, <25 to 90% NO2.
Span and Zero Adjustment: Via
pushbutton, using optional A-449
display.
Housing: UV resistant glass filled
polycarbonate.
Output: Switch selectable 4 to 20
mA (loop powered), 0 to 5 V @ 5
mA, or 0 to 10 [email protected] 5 mA; Switch
selectable 0 to 5 V / 1 to 5 V and 0
to 10 V / 2 to 10 V; Switch
selectable normal or reverse output.
Power Supply: Current output=10
to 35 VDC; Voltage output=15 to 35
VDC or 15 to 29 VAC.
Electrical Connection: Removable
terminal block, knocks out for
conduit fitting.
Calibration: Via pushbuttons using
A-449 auxiliary display. Span gas
concentration is field selectable.
Weight: 1 lb (.45 kg).
Agency Approval: CE, RoHS.
Carbon Monoxide Transmitter
Current/Voltage Selectable Output, 200 PPM Range
RoHS
3-9/64
[79.78]
Ø3-1/4
[82.71]
1-37/64
[39.89]
1-31/32
[50.20]
2-21/64
[59.07]
The Model CMT200 Carbon Monoxide Transmitter provides a field selectable
current or voltage output that is proportional to the gas concentration in underground
parking garages, vehicle maintenance facilities, or mechanical rooms. A field
replaceable, electrochemical sensor provides accurate readings for up to 4 years with
proper calibration. Field calibration can be done by using Model GCK-200CO2000CO2 calibration gas, Model A-507A calibration adapter, and the on board span
and zero potentiometers.
Model CMT200, Carbon Monoxide Transmitter
ACCESSORIES
Model GCK-200CO-2000CO2, Calibration Gas
Model A-507A, Calibration Adapter
Model A-505A, Replacement CO Sensor
SPECIFICATIONS
Sensor: Field replaceable
electrochemical, 4 year typical
lifespan.
Range: 0 to 200 ppm.
Output Drift: <5% per year in air.
Coverage Area: 5000 to 7000 sq. ft.
typical.
Accuracy: ±2% of reading at the
time of calibration.
Temperature Limits: -4 to 122°F
(-20 to 50°C).
Storage Temperature: For best
sensor life, 32 to 68°F (0 to 20°C).
Humidity Limits: 15 to 90% RH
constant; 0 to 99% RH intermittent.
Response Time: <45 seconds to
90% of final value.
Ø1-5/64
[27.32]
Calibration: 15 turn span and zero
adjustment potentiometers.
Housing: UV resistant
polycarbonate.
Output: Jumper selectable 4 to 20
mA (loop powered) or 2 to 10 V (load
must be >50 KΩ).
Power Requirements: Current
Output: 18 to 28 VDC; Voltage
Output: 18 to 28 VDC/VAC, reverse
polarity protected.
Electrical Connection: Removable
terminal block, includes two PG11
and one PG 16 knockouts for
conduit fitting.
Weight: 0.28 lb (0.11 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, RoHS.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
29
GAS SENSING
A-449, Remote LCD Display
3-23/64 [85]
2-55/64
[73]
2-15/64
[57]
4x Ø13/64 [5.16]
MOUNTING HOLES
3-1/8
[107.95]
4-17/32
[115.09]
5-7/64
[129.78]
The Series GSTA Carbon Monoxide/Nitrogen Dioxide Transmitters monitor
the gas concentration in underground parking garages and loading docks. Carbon
monoxide is commonly used to measure the exhaust of gasoline engines, while nitrogen
dioxide is used for diesel engines. Field selectable current and voltage outputs allow
the transmitter to be used with almost any building management controller. For carbon
monoxide units, the user can select the output range to be from 0 to 50 ppm up to 0
to 500 ppm. Nitrogen dioxide units come with a standard 0 to 10 ppm range. The output
can be inverted to read 20 to 4 mA or 10 (5) to 0 VDC using internal dip switches.
To maximize the accuracy of the Series GSTA, the sensor can be field-calibrated using
the A-449 remote LCD display. When the sensor reaches the end of its life, the display
will indicate that the sensor needs to be replaced.
Gas Sensed
Mounting
Model
CO
Wall
GSTA-C
NO2
Wall
GSTA-N
Duct
GSTA-C-D CO
Duct
GSTA-N-D NO2
RoHS
030_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:41 AM Page 1
Model
OSC-200
Omnidirectional Occupancy Sensor
360° Detection Pattern, Energy Efficient
1-47/64
[44.05]
Ø4-11/32
[Ø110.33]
the Model OSC-200 Omnidirectional Occupancy Sensor automatically
controls a HVAC ventilation system. A spherical Fresnel lens provides a 360°
detection zone with the use of infrared technology. The integrated dual delay
processor saves energy by eliminating false activation due to short-term occupancies.
The Model OSC-200 is designed to be ceiling mounted.
OCCUPANCY
Model OSC-200, Omnidirectional Occupancy Sensor
Model
OSW-100
SpeCifiCatiOnS
infrared Sensor: Dual element.
Range: 34.4 ft (10.5 m) Diameter at 13.8 ft (4.2 m) mount height.
Detectable Speed: 0.33 to 9.8 ft/s (0.1 to 3.0 m/s).
Control Output Rating: SPDT, 0.2A at 30 VDC.
ambient Operating temperature: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C).
power Consumption: Standby: 5 mA; Operating: 18 mA.
Mounting Height: 7.9 to 13.8 ft (2.4 to 4.2 m).
power Requirements: 22 to 26 VAC/DC.
Weight: 2.4 oz (68 g).
agency approvals: CE.
Wall Mount Occupancy Sensor
Wide Viewing Angle, Easy To Install
2-39/64
[66.28]
1-25/32
[45.24]
4-27/64
[112.32]
the Model OSW-100 Wall Mount Occupancy Sensor is an infrared sensor
designed to automatically control a HVAC ventilation system. A unique dual delay
processor eliminates false triggers due to short-term occupancies. The Model OSW100 has a wide 110° viewing angle to capture movement up to 49.2 ft (15 m) away.
Model OSW-100, Wall Mount Occupancy Sensor
30
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
SpeCifiCatiOnS
infrared Sensor: Dual element.
Range: 49.2 ft (15 m).
Detectable Speed: 0.33 to 9.8 ft/s (0.1 to 3.0 m/s).
Control Output Rating: SPDT, 0.2A @ 30 VDC.
ambient Operating temperature: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C).
power Consumption: Standby: 5 mA; Operating: 18 mA.
Mounting Height: 5.9 to 11.8 ft (1.8 to 3.6 m).
power Requirements: 22 to 26 VAC/DC.
Weight: 3.2 oz (90.7 g).
agency approvals: CE.
031_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:41 AM Page 1
Series
FS-2
Vane Flow Switch
Low Cost, Field Adjustable Set Point and Paddle
2-13/32
[61.1]
5 [127]
4-17/64
[108.3]
3-1/32
[77]
5-49/64
[146.5]
x
5-1/8 [130.2]
The Series FS-2 Vane Flow Switch offers an economical flow proving solution.
Custom set points tailored for the application are enabled by field adjustable vane
layers and a set point adjustment screw. The FS-2 features an aluminum weatherproof
housing for outdoor installation. Paddles are adjustable to fit 1˝ to 8˝ size pipe. FS-2
is ideal for use in “flow or no flow” applications in cold and hot water systems. Perfect
for proving flow in boilers, hot water heaters, and chillers.
Series FS-2, Paddle Flow Switch
Flow Rate Chart
Approximate Actuation and Deactuation Flow Rates
Blade
for Water
Vane
Maximum Setting
Pipe
Length Minimum Setting
GPM (LPM)
Diameter in (mm) GPM (LPM)
(inch)
Actuate
Deactuate Actuate
Deactuate
Dim. X
1
4.0
(15.0)
1.8
(6.7)
8.8 (33.3)
6.6 (25.0)
1.34 (34)
1-1/4
2.6 (10.0)
11.4 (43.3)
8.4 (31.7)
1.34 (34) 5.3 (20.0)
1-1/2
4.0 (15.0)
14.5 (55.0)
11.4 (43.3)
2.24 (57) 7.0 (26.7)
2
31.3 (118.3) 22.5 (85.0)
2.24 (57) 14.1 (53.3) 9.7 (36.7)
2-1/2
18.5
(70.0)
15.4
(58.3)
35.2
(133.3)
30.8 (116.7)
3.46 (88)
3
3.46 (88) 27.7 (105.0) 25.1 (95.0) 52.8 (200.0) 46.2 (175.0)
4
3.46 (88) 59.4 (225.0) 52.8 (200.0) 123.3 (466.7) 114.5 (433.3)
5
6.57 (167) 52.8 (200.0) 39.6 (150.0) 132.1 (500.0) 123.3 (466.7)
6
6.57 (167) 75.7 (286.7) 52.8 (200.0) 154.1 (583.3) 140.9 (533.3)
8
6.57 (167) 184.9 (700.0) 158.5 (600.0) 396.3 (1500.0) 374.2 (1416.7)
Electrical Connection: Cable
gland with attached wire leads or
optional conduit connection.
Process Connection: 1˝ male
NPT or BSPT.
Mounting Orientation: Switch
must be installed vertically on
horizontal pipe runs.
Set Point Adjustment: Four vane
combinations and an adjustment
screw.
Enclosure: Die-cast aluminum
alloy.
Weight: 28.22 oz (0.8 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
OPTIONS
BSPT Process Connection,
To order add suffix -BSPT.
Example: FS-2-BSPT
Conduit Connection, 1˝ NPT female conduit connection with no wire
leads.
To order add suffix -CND.
Example: FS-2-CND
Thermal Dispersion Flow Switch
FLOW
Series
TDFS
Shown with conduit connection option
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials:
Bellow: Tin-bronze;
Vane: SS;
Body: Forged brass.
Temperature Limit: 230ºF
(110ºC).
Pressure Limit: 145 psig (10 bar).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4
(IP64).
Switch Type: SPDT snap switch.
Electrical Rating: 10A res, 3A ind
@ 250 VAC.
Non-Mechanical, Low Pressure Drop
RoHS
CABLE
CABLE GLAND
STATUS
INDICATOR
4-9/32
[108.74]
1-1/8
HEX
SETPOINT
TARGET
1-7/16
[36.51]
PROCESS CONNECTION
1/2˝ NPT
SENSOR
The Series TDFS is a thermal flow switch that indicates whether the flow rate is above
or below a user set flow rate with NO and NC NPN outputs. Setpoint is easily field set,
just tap the included magnet on the setpoint target three times at the desired flow rate
and it’s done. Incorporated into the unit are two LED status indicators on opposite sides
of the unit providing visual switch indication, green when the flow is above set point,
red when the flow is below set point.
The TDFS uses an impulse thermal dispersion measurement technique to measure the
flow rate where the probe is heated above the process temperature and then is allowed
to cool down to the process temperature. Empty pipe is not a problem with the TDFS
unlike some competitor units that will overheat. Thermal flow switches can offer better
long term reliability and life expectancy than mechanical flow switches.
TDFS Advantages over Mechanical Flow Switches
• No paddles or vanes to break off into the flow
• No jams or material stopping the paddle movement
• No seals on movement assembly to wear or leak
• Low pressure drop, only needs to be 10% into the flow (e.g. 1/8 ̋ for 3/4˝
schedule 40 pipe)
TDFS-1-P-06, Thermal flow switch, 6 ́ cable with cable gland*
*Consult factory for longer cable lengths
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible water-based
fluids.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS,
Polysulfone, and FKM.
Setpoint Range: 0.5 to 10 ft/s (0.15
to 3.0 m/s).
Repeatability: 0.07 ft/s +3% of
setpoint.
Typical Deadband: 0.1 ft/s +15% of
setpoint.
Temperature Limits: Process: 5 to
185°F (-15 to 85°C) (non-freezing);
Ambient: 5 to 167°F (-15 to 75°C),
Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C).
Pressure Limits: 300 psig (20.67
bar), max. momentary surge: 500
psig (34.47 bar).
Response Time: Approximately 8 s.
Power Requirement: 9 to 24 VDC.
Switching Current: 400 mA, derate
5 mA/°C above 23°C.
Current Consumption: Average:
93 mA, Peak: 300 mA.
Electrical Connection: 4 conductor
22 AWG, 6 ́ (1.83 m) long with cable
gland.
Process Connection: 1/2 ̋ NPT
male.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X
(IP65).
Housing Materials: 316 SS, 416
SS, polycarbonate, neoprene, and
acrylated urethane.
Switch Type: 1 NO NPN, 1 NC
NPN.
Input Power and Protection: 0.5A
fuse (resettable) reverse polarity
protected.
Switched Output Protection: 0.5A
fuse (resettable) reverse polarity
protected.
Agency Approvals: CE, RoHS.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
31
032_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:42 AM Page 1
Series
PFT
Paddlewheel Flow Sensor
Non-Magnetic Sensing, Insertion Style for 1-1/2 to 40˝ Pipe,
Pulse or 4 to 20 mA
1/2˝ NPT
Ø2-1/2
[63.50]
7-29/32
[200.94]
3-13/16
[96.84]
2-25/64
[60.72]
1-1/2˝ NPT
2˝ HEX
[50.80]
FLOW
The Series PFT is a paddlewheel flow sensor used to monitor liquid flow rates in
pipes from 1-1/2 to 40˝ with just one size adjustable sensor. Multiple wetted material
choices offer application versatility. The PFT is ideal for monitoring water flow rates
in building automation cooling systems.
The PFT uses inductive sensing to sense the blades of the impeller as they rotate.
Sensor technology does not use magnets allowing low flow rate monitoring and no
concerns with magnetic material in the flow. Two output choices are available in the
PFT, pulse or 4 to 20 mA. The pulse models are a square wave output signal with
frequency proportional to the flow velocity. The 4 to 20 mA models have a linear
output of the velocity with 4 mA equal to 1.2 ft/s and 20 mA equal to 25 ft/s. There
are no external components needed to have the 4 to 20 mA output unlike other
competitor products. Paddlewheel, shaft and bearings are easily field replaceable.
FEATURES
• Bearings and shaft offer excellent wear protection even in applications with
particulate for long life
• Weatherproof and submersible rated for irrigation applications
Body Material Output
Model
4 to 20 mA
PFT-IAN-B111-S Brass
PFT-IAN-S111-S 316 SS
4 to 20 mA
PFT-IDN-B111-S Brass
Pulse
PFT-IDN-S111-S 316 SS
Pulse
SPEcIFIcATIONS
Service: Water-based fluids.
Range: 1.2 to 25 ft/s (0.37 to 7.62 m/s).
Wetted Materials: Body and fitting: Brass or 316 SS; fitting O-ring: FKM
standard, silicone or Buna-N optional; impeller: 316 SS; shaft: Tungsten
carbide standard or 316 SS optional; bearing: PTFE standard, carbon
graphite optional.
Linearity: ±1.0% of full range.
Repeatability: ±0.5% of full range.
Temperature Limits: -40 to 212°F (-40 to 100°C).
Pressure Limits: 400 psig (27.6 bar) @ 100°F (37.8°C), 325 psig (22.4 bar)
@ 212°F (100°C).
Process connection: 1-1/2˝ NPT male standard, 2˝ NPT male optional.
Output:
Pulse: NPN open collector with square wave output, rated 60 V @ 50 mA
max.Frequency: 3.2 to 200 Hz. Pulse Width: 2.5 msec ±25%.
4 to 20 mA: 4 mA is 0 ft/s, 20 mA is 25 ft/s.
Power Requirement: 10 to 35 VDC.
Power consumption: 40 mA (max.).
Electrical connection: 22 AWG shielded UL type PTLC rated 105°C, 20´
(6.1 m) long with cable gland. Can be extended up to 2000´ (609 m) with
similar cable. Optional UL listed burial rated cable.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 6P (IP67).
Housing Materials: Brass or 316 SS.
Weight: 3 lb.
Agency Approval: CE.
Description
1-1/2˝ NPT connection, FKM seals,
tungsten-carbide shaft, PTFE bearing, 20' of cable
1-1/2˝ NPT connection, FKM seals,
tungsten-carbide shaft, PTFE bearing, 20' of cable
1-1/2˝ NPT connection, FKM seals,
tungsten-carbide shaft, PTFE bearing, 20' of cable
1-1/2˝ NPT connection, FKM seals,
tungsten-carbide shaft, PTFE bearing, 20' of cable
Consult factory for longer cable lengths, burial rated cable, 2˝ NPT connection, or other wetted materials.
For compatible installation fittings see Series SDF on the Dwyer® website.
32
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
033_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:42 AM Page 1
Series
WMT2/
WM2
Multi-Jet Water Meter with Pulsed Output
Economical, Brass Body, Dry Dial
W
WMT2
XX-XX
WMT2-X-C-XX-X
H
L
W
WM2
3/4
(20)
1
(25)
1-1/4
(32)
1-1/2
(40)
2
(50)
Spud
NPSM
(BSPP)
3/4˝
(3/4˝)
1˝
(1˝)
1˝
(1˝)
1-1/4˝
(1-1/4˝)
1-1/2˝
(1-1/2˝)
2˝
(2˝)
2-1/2˝
(2-1/2˝)
Length Width
‘L’
‘W’
in (mm) in (mm)
6-1/2
3-45/64
(165)
(94)
7-1/2
3-45/64
(190)
(94)
7-1/2
3-45/64
(190)
(94)
10-1/4 3-55/64
(260)
(98)
10-1/4 3-55/64
(260)
(98)
11-13/16 4-51/64
(300)
(122)
11-13/16 5-45/64
(300)
(145)
Height
‘H’
in (mm)
4-15/64
(107.5)
4-15/64
(107.5)
4-15/64
(107.5)
4-5/8
(117.5)
4-5/8
(117.5)
5-9/16
(141.5)
6-31/32
(177)
Weight
lb
(kg)
3.75
(1.7)
3.97
(1.8)
4.9
(2.2)
6.4
(2.9)
8.2
(3.7)
13.52
(6.17)
18.74
(8.5)
XX-XX
WM2-X-C-XX
H
Size
in
(mm)
5/8 1/2
(15)
5/8 x 3/4
L
The Series WMT2 Multi-Jet Water Meter is ideal for commercial and industrial
applications. The multi-jet design allows simplicity and accuracy with wide flow
ranges even in low flow applications. The meter is designed for long service life and
relatively maintenance-free operation, even under adverse conditions. The
magnetically driven, hermetically sealed register will not leak or fog and is completely
separated from the water. The reed switch is activated by a magnet on the dial, which
is directly proportional to the flow rate. The output is perfect for remote monitoring
of flow rate or flow totalization, and can interface with PLC's, counters, data loggers,
and SCADA systems.
FEATURES
• Magnetic Drive – water is sealed from entering register
• Dry dial won’t discolor or fade – hermetically sealed from the elements
• Integral strainer that protects meters from particulate damage
• Pointer-roller indicator
• Frost resistant body
• Pulsed output
• Includes two mounting adapters (couplings)
Model
WMT2-A-C-01
WMT2-A-C-02
WMT2-A-C-03
WMT2-A-C-04
WMT2-A-C-01-1
WMT2-A-C-02-1
WMT2-A-C-03-1
WMT2-A-C-04-1
WMT2-A-C-06-10
WMT2-A-C-07-10
Model
WM2-A-C-01
WM2-A-C-02
WM2-A-C-03
WM2-A-C-04
WM2-A-C-06
WM2-A-C-07
Coupling
Size
1/2´ NPT
3/4´ NPT
3/4´ NPT
1´ NPT
1/2´ NPT
3/4´ NPT
3/4´ NPT
1´ NPT
1-1/2´ NPT
2´ NPT
Size
5/8 x 1/2˝
5/8 x 3/4˝
3/4˝
1˝
1-1/2˝
2˝
Size
5/8 x 1/2´
5/8 x 3/4´
3/4´
1´
5/8 x 1/2´
5/8 x 3/4´
3/4´
1´
1-1/2´
2´
Coupling
Size
1/2˝ NPT
3/4˝ NPT
3/4˝ NPT
1˝ NPT
1-1/2˝ NPT
2˝ NPT
Max Flow Nominal Flow Range
GPM (Gallons Per Minute)
20
1 to 10
20
1 to 20
30
2 to 30
50
3 to 50
20
1 to 10
20
1 to 20
30
2 to 30
50
3 to 50
100
5 to 100
160
80 to 160
Max Flow Nominal Flow Range
GPM (Gallons Per Minute)
20
1 to 10
20
1 to 20
30
2 to 30
50
3 to 50
100
5 to 100
160
80 to 160
PULSED OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS (WMT2 ONLY)
Totalizing Display Maximum: See model chart.
Output Signal: Pulse output with frequency proportional to flow rate.
Pulse Options: 0.1 gal, 1 gal, 10 gal, 100 gal per pulse (1 L, 10 L, 100 L per
pulse).
Electrical Rating: 0.01 A @ 24 VAC/DC.
Electrical Connections: Color-coded lead wires, 4.5´ (1.5 m) long.
Transitional Flow Display Max
(Gallons)
0.25
9,999,999.99
0.25
9,999,999.99
0.25
9,999,999.99
0.75
99,999,999.9
0.25
9,999,999.99
0.25
9,999,999.99
0.25
9,999,999.99
0.75
99,999,999.9
1.5
99,999,999.9
2
99,999,999.9
Transitional Flow
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.75
1.5
2
FLOW
The Series WM2 Multi-Jet Water Meter is ideal for commercial and industrial
applications. The multi-jet design allows for simplicity and accuracy with wide flow
ranges, even in low flow applications. The magnetically driven, hermetically sealed
register will not leak or fog and is completely separated from the water. These water
meters are designed for long service life and maintenance-free operation, even under
harsh conditions.
SPECIFICATIONS
COMMON SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water.
Wetted Materials:
Body: Brass, polyethylene;
Couplings: Brass;
Measuring Chamber: Polyethylene, ABS plastic, ferrite, acetal.
Flow Range: See model chart.
Accuracy: Transitional Flow: ±5%; Nominal Flow: ±2%.
Temperature Limit: 104°F (40°C).
Pressure Limit: 232 psi (16 bar).
Pressure Drop: See service manual.
Mounting Orientation: Horizontal.
Weight: See dimension chart.
Pulse Rate
(Gal./Pulse)
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
1
1
1
1
10
10
Display Max
(Gallons)
9,999,999.99
9,999,999.99
99,999,999.9
99,999,999.9
99,999,999.9
99,999,999.9
Note: Contact factory for additional pulse rate and BSP connection models.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
33
034_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:43 AM Page 1
Model
UFM
Compact Ultrasonic Flowmeter
Cost Effective, Compact & Adjustable Design, Non-Invasive
4-55/64
Ø15/32[123.46] 2-7/16
[61.73]
[Ø12.00]
G F E D C B A
FEMALE SMB
COAXIAL
CONNECTORS
1
2
3
59/64
[23.33] RED
16.4´
BLACK
29/64
[5 M]
GREEN
[11.67]
WHITE
BLUE
BROWN SHIELD
2X 1/2
[12.75]
4
5
1-7/64
[28.05]
4-7/64
[104.50]
4-20mA
PULSE
59/64
[23.40]
45/64
[17.70]
59/64
[23.50]
4-5/32
[105.59]
1-1/64
[25.70]
31/32
[24.45]
3/4
[18.95]
Model UFM Compact Ultrasonic Flowmeter is a low cost clamp-on, ultrasonic
flowmeter. The Model UFM implements the transit-time difference to measure flow
rates in pipes non-invasively. It is a compact and lightweight design, featuring an
easily installed, all in one clamp-on unit. This unit can measure velocity and flow in
pipes with outside diameters ranging from 0.98 to 4.62˝ (24.89 to 117.35 mm). The
screen offers easy to read text with a convenient backlight for visual comfort. This
model comes with a volume pulse and 4 to 20 mA flow rate output.
FLOW
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
Two sensors located in the guiderail are placed on the exterior of the pipe, and
each transmits an ultrasonic pulse through the pipe and fluid to the other. The
velocity of the liquid flowing through the pipes causes the pulse to accelerate
or decelerate. The difference in the transit times of the two pulses is used to
calculate the flow rate. The use of transit time allows the flowmeter to be
unaffected by pressure or temperature changes.
APPLICATIONS
• Flow measurement for heat metering
• Chilled water metering and monitoring
Kit Includes:
• Converter w/ adjustable guiderail
• Set of 1.81 to 2.75” (46 to 70 mm) clamps
• Set of 2 to 5” (51 to 127 mm) clamps
• Set of small pipe adaptor circle clamps
• Set of small pipe adaptor V clamps
• Ultrasonic coupling grease
Model UFM-1, Compact Ultrasonic Flowmeter
34
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Clean water with <3% by volume of particulate content.
Range: 0.33 to 32.8 ft/s (0.1 to 10 m/s).
Display: Backlit: 3.27˝ H x 0.74˝ W (83.1 mm x 18.8 mm), 2 line x 16
characters.
Accuracy: ±3% of flow reading for > 0.98 ft/s (> 0.3 m/s).
Power Requirements: 12 to 24 VDC or VAC.
Power Consumption: 7 W max.
Temperature Limits:
Process: 32 to 185°F (0 to 85°C);
Ambient: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C).
Outputs:
Analog: 1 opto-isolated: 4 to 20 mA;
Error current: 3.5 mA;
Load resistance: 620 Ω max;
Pulse: 1 opto-isolated MOSFET relay, 500 mA max, 166 pps max, 200 Hz
max.
Enclosure Rating: IP54.
Enclosure Material: Plastic polycarbonate.
Repeatability: ±0.5% of measured value.
Electrical Connections: 16.4´ (5 m) cable.
Response Time: < 1 s.
Weight: 2.9 lb (1.315 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Applicable Pipe Material: Steel, copper, or plastic.
Pipe Outside Diameter: 0.98 to 4.62˝ (24.89 to 117.35 mm).
Applicable Pipe Lining: None.
Pipe Wall Thickness: 0.02 to 0.39˝ (0.5 to 10 mm).
035_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:43 AM Page 1
Series
UFB
Ultrasonic Flowmeter Set
Excellent Performance and Easy Operation
9-5/16 [236.49]
[DISPLAY]
7
8
Liters
Gallons
4
5
9
m3
6
7
Delete
±
Options
8
Liters
Gallons
4
5
9
m3
6
Delete
±
Options
Velocity
Velocity
1
2
3
0
4-20 mA
Pulse
1
2
3
0
4-20 mA
Pulse
7-13/16 [198.30]
4-1/2
[SHOWN WITH COVER REMOVED] [114.30]
7-7/32 [183.36]
4-11/16
[119.02]
The Series UFB Ultrasonic Flowmeter Set utilizes the transit-time difference
for measuring flow rates in pipes non-invasively. This is the permanent model,
allowing the user to mount the converter on a surface or pipe. The easy-to-use
compact and lightweight design is intended for mechanical devices using ideally
homogeneous liquids that contain no air pockets. The Series UFB comes with a sturdy
IP65 rating, protecting it from dust and direct water contact. The Series UFB has 4
to 20 mA and pulse output capabilities.
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
Two sensors are placed on the exterior of the pipe, and each transmits an
ultrasonic pulse through the pipe and fluid to the other. The velocity of the liquid
flowing through the pipes causes the pulse to accelerate or decelerate. The
difference in the transit times of the two pulses is used to calculate the flow
rate. The use of transit time allows the flowmeter to be unaffected by pressure
or temperature changes.
Model
UFB-122
UFB-123
UFB-222
UFB-223
Pipe Size Range
0.5 to 4.5˝ (13 to 115 mm)
2 to 79˝ (50 to 2000 mm)
0.5 to 4.5˝ (13 to 115 mm)
2 to 79˝ (50 to 2000 mm)
Power Supply
86 to 264 VAC
86 to 264 VAC
24 VAC/VDC
24 VAC/VDC
For data logging version see Series UFC on the Dwyer® website.
ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS
Applicable Pipe Material: Carbon steel, SS, copper, UPVC/PVDF, concrete,
mild steel, glass, brass.
Applicable Pipe Lining: Rubber, glass, concrete, epoxy, steel, other*.
Pipe Wall Thickness: 0.04 to 3˝ (1 to 75 mm).
Pipe Lining Thickness: < 1˝ (< 25 mm).
*Selectable option for special material with known propagation rate of lining
material.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
35
FLOW
Kit Includes:
• Converter
• Set of Transducers
• Ruled Guide Rail
• Steel Banding
• Banding Clips
• Set of Transducer Cables
• Set of High Temperature Interface Cables
• Ultrasonic Coupling Grease
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Homogeneous liquids that do not contain more than 3% of air
bubbles or particulate and capable of ultrasonic wave propagation.
Inputs: TNC cable from sensors.
Range: 0.33 to 33 ft/s (0.1 to 10 m/s).
Display: 240 x 64 pixel graphic display, high contrast black on white with
backlight; Languages: English, French, German, Swedish, Italian, Spanish,
Portuguese, Russian, Norwegian, and Dutch; 5˝ W x 1.3˝ H (5 x 33.02 mm).
Accuracy:
±0.5 to ±2% of flow reading of flow rate > 0.03 ft/s (0.01 m/s) and pipe
OD > 3.0 in (75 mm);
±3% of flow reading for flow rate > 0.03 ft/s (0.01 m/s) and pipe OD 0.5 to 3
in (13 to 75 mm); ±6% of flow reading for flow rate < 0.03 ft/s (0.01 m/s).
Power Requirements: 86 to 264 VAC (50 to 60 Hz) or 24 VAC/VDC (1 A
max).
Power Consumption: 10.5 W.
Temperature Limits: Transducer: -4 to 275°F (-20 to 135°C); Controller: -4
to 122°F (-20 to 50°C).
Outputs:
Analog:
1 opto-isolated output: 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 16 mA or 0 to 20 mA (selectable);
Error current: 0 to 26 mA (selectable);
Load resistance: 620 Ω max;
Alarm:
2 opto-isolated MOSFET NO relays, 48 V at 500 mA, maximum 200 Hz;
Pulsed:
1 opto-isolated MOSFET relay, 48 V at 500 mA, 1 to 250 pps;
Pulse width: 2 to 500 ms (selectable).
Enclosure Rating: IP65 when using TNC connector; Transducers IP54.
Materials: Plastic ABS and aluminum.
Repeatability: ±0.5 % of measured value or 0.03 ft/s (0.01 m/s).
Electrical Connections: Removeable screw-in type terminal block.
Mounting: Wall mounted using 3 type M4 screws.
Turbidity: < 3 % by volume of particulate content.
Permissible Air Content: < 3% by volume.
Response Time: < 500 ms.
Weight:
Unit not including accessories: 2.80 lb (1.26 kg);
Unit including accessories: 9.92 lb (4.5 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE.
036_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:44 AM Page 1
Series
IEFS
Insertion Electromagnetic Flow Sensor
No Moving Parts, Hot-Tap Option, 3 to 48˝ Field Adjustable Insertion
4
[101.52]
PHONE
219-879-8000
FAX
219-872-9057
WEB
WWW.DWYER-INST.COM
2-3/4
[69.70]
4
[101.42]
MADE IN XXXXXX
2-7/8
[73.06]
1/2˝ CABLE
GLAND
Hot-Tap Option
The Series IEFS Insertion Electromagnetic Flow Sensor comes in brass or
stainless steel allowing it to handle a wide range of pressures and temperatures, as
well as a variety of available saddle fittings, Series SDF, to fit pipe sizes 3 to 24˝. The
IEFS-1XX has an isolation valve which allows hot-tap installation. Additional options
for this flow meter include adapter fittings and a reverse flow output. The Series
IEFS is great for “dirty” water applications or any application where moving parts
may be an issue.
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The IEFS is a liquid flow meter that uses a magnetic field to measure flow. As
conductive fluids flow through the magnetic field, a voltage is generated which
is measured and translated into a pulse frequency output signal. This signal
can then be used with the Series BAT to produce a 4 to 20 mA analog signal,
or the Series RTI to display rate and total.
FLOW
APPLICATION
• Conductive Liquids
ACCESSORIES
• Series BAT, Blind Analog Transmitter, converts pulse output to 4 to 20 mA
analog output. Unit is loop powered, fits on the enclosure of the meter, and
is field spannable.*
• Series RTI, Rate Total Indicator, converts pulse output to 4 to 20 mA analog
output with local flow rate and totalization display. Unit is loop powered, can
fit on the enclosure of the meter, and provides a high/low flow alarm.*
• Series PWD, Pulse Divider, for use with pacing electronic metering pumps.
Unit divides the input frequency to any number from 1 to 9999 with the use
of rotary switches to suit a number of metering pump inputs.*
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible clean or dirty non-coating, conductive liquids.
Range: 0.28 to 20 ft/s (0.08 to 6.09 m/s).
Wetted Materials:
Body Shaft/Fitting: 316 SS or brass;
Electrodes: Hastelloy®;
Electrode Cap: PVDF;
Valve Assembly: (IEFS-1XX) Bronze (SS optional) with bronze ball valve;
O-ring: EPDM.
Accuracy: ±1% FS.
Temperature Limits:
Process: 32 to 200°F (0 to 93°C);
Ambient: 0 to 160°F (-17 to 72°C).
Process Connection:
IEFS-0XX: 1-1/2˝ male NPT;
IEFS-1XX: 2˝ male NPT.
Pressure Limit: 200 psi (13.8 bar).
Output: Current sinking, square wave pulse, opto-isolated, 550 Hz @ 20 ft/s,
30 VDC @ 6 mA max.
Power Requirements: 12 to 25 VDC @ 250 mA; Low Power: 12 to 25 VDC
@ 40 mA.
Electrical Connection: Terminal block.
Conductivity: ≥ 20 microSiemens/cm.
Enclosure Material: Housing: Die-cast powder-coated aluminum.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Weight:
IEFS-0SX: 6 lb (2721 g);
IEFS-0LB: 12 lb (5443 g);
IEFS-1XX: 15 lb (6804 g).
*Series can be located on the Dwyer® website.
Example
IEFS 0SB BAF IEFS-DSB-BAT
Series IEFS IEFS
Insertion Electromagnetic Flow Sensor
Size/Material
Hot-Tap
Size
Material
0SB
No Hot-Tap
3 to 10˝
Brass
0SS
No Hot-Tap
3 to 10˝
SS
0LB
Hot-Tap
10 to 48˝
Brass
0LS
Hot-Tap
10 to 48˝
SS
1SB
No Hot-Tap
3 to 10˝
Brass
1SS
No Hot-Tap
3 to 10˝
SS*
1LB
Hot-Tap
10 to 48˝
Brass
1LS
Hot-Tap
10 to 48˝
SS*
2˝ Brass Adapter Fittings (IEFS-0XX only)
Options
BAF
2˝ SS Adapter Fittings (IEFS-0XX only)
SAF
316 SS Valve Assembly (IEFS-1XX only)
SVA
No Valve Assembly (deduct price) (IEFS-1XX only)
NVA
Reverse Flow Output
RFO
1-1/2˝ Brass BPT Adapter (2 piece) (IEFS-0XX only)
BPT
1-1/2˝ SS BPT Adapter (2 piece) (IEFS-0XX only)
SPT
Immersible (Urethane potted electrical components)
IMM
Low Power (12 to 25 VDC @ 40 mA)
LOP
12˝ Extension (IEFS-XLX only)
EXT
*SS is stem and fitting. For SS valve order SVA option.
36
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
Hot-Tap Option
(Shown installed on pipe)
Hastelloy® is a registered trademark of Hanes International
037_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:44 AM Page 1
Series
TE-N/E
Wall Mount Temperature Sensor
Discrete Wall Mount Housing
1-1/16
[27.05]
1-5/32
[29.39]
1-3/16
[30.00]
3X-5/32
[3.87]
21/64
[8.38]
3-21/32
[92.96]
3X-3/8
[9.36]
3-9/16
[90.42]
European
1-3/32
[27.69]
2X-11/64
[4.47]
4-1/2
[114.30]
European
North American
2-51/64
[71.12]
The Series TE-N/E Wall Mount Temperature Sensor provides a low cost temperature input
for any building management system. With large vents in the housing for proper air flow, the sensor
accurately measures the ambient temperature in hotel rooms or office buildings. Multiple mounting
holes on the wall plate allow for mounting to numerous surfaces.
Model
TE-NND-A
TE-NND-B
TE-NND-C
TE-NND-D
TE-NND-E
TE-NND-F
Sensor Type
10K Ω Type III Thermistor
10K Ω Type II Thermistor
3K Ω Thermistor
Pt100 Ω RTD
Pt1000 Ω RTD
20K Ω Thermistor
Model
TE-END-A
TE-END-B
TE-END-C
TE-END-D
TE-END-E
TE-END-F
Series
TE-WSS
Sensor Type
10K Ω Type III Thermistor
10K Ω Type II Thermistor
3K Ω Thermistor
Pt100 Ω RTD
Pt1000 Ω RTD
20K Ω Thermistor
35/64
[14.02]
3-1/64
[76.56]
31/64
[12.32]
North American
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Thermistor temp sensor: ±0.2°C @ 25°C (±0.36°F @ 77°F);
RTD temp sensor: DIN class B; ±0.3°C @ 0°C (±54°F @ 32°F).
Operating Temperature: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C).
Housing Material: ABS plastic.
Weight: 0.3 lb (136 g).
Resistance vs Temperature Table
See page 46.
Stainless Steel Wall Plate
Temperature Sensor
Screw Terminal Connection, Suitable for Wash Down Applications
TEMPERATURE
2-3/4
[69.86]
1-3/8
[34.93]
3/16
[4.70]
4-31/64
[113.89]
3-9/32
[83.31]
7 IN
[177.8 MM]
LEAD
(2) Ø.215 X THRU
DIMPLE FOR 6-32 OVAL
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
The Series TE-WSS Stainless Steel Wall Plate Temperature Sensor
measures the ambient air temperature in classrooms and industrial environments.
By having a flush mount design, the temperature sensor can withstand a wash down.
A foam gasket prevents ambient temperature from behind the wall plate from
skewing the temperature measurements. The discrete stainless steel wall plate
sensor also hides the sensor to prevent tampering. Each sensor comes with a
terminal block and two mounting screws for quick installation.
Model
TE-WSS-A
TE-WSS-B
TE-WSS-C
TE-WSS-D
TE-WSS-E
TE-WSS-F
Sensor Type
10K Ω Type III Thermistor
10K Ω Type II Thermistor
3K Ω Thermistor
PT100 Ω RTD
PT1000 Ω RTD
20K Ω Thermistor
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Thermistor: ±0.2°C @ 25°C (±0.36°F @ 77°F);
RTD: DIN Class B ±0.3°C @ 0°C.
Temperature Limits: Operating -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C).
Sensor Curves: See Resistance Curves for TE Series (page 46).
Housing Material: 304 SS wall plate.
Weight: 2.3 oz (65 g).
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
37
038_Layout 2 3/10/14 11:23 AM Page 1
Series
TE
Duct and Immersion Building Automation
Temperature Sensors
Available up to 18˝ Probe Length, Thermistor or RTD Outputs
PROBE LENGTH
+ .75 +.0625/ -.000
BALL CHAIN
CONNECTOR
4.00 ±.050
TE-I
PROBE LENGTH
+ .366 +.0625/ -.000
4X
ø.875
PROBE LENGTH
+ .75 +.0625/ -.000
8 FOOT
PLENUM
CABLE
TE-IBG
2.216
GENERAL
PURPOSE
(2.813 WEATHERPROOF)
PROBE LENGTH + .55
+ .0625/-.000
TE-D
.125
GASKET
ø3.295
4.00 ±.050
BALL CHAIN
CONNECTOR
PROBE 4X
LENGTH ø.875
+ .336
+ .0625/-.000
2X .325 x .2000
MOUNTING
SLOTS
ø3.295
PROBE LENGTH + .55
+ .0625/-.000
ø.235
.125
GASKET
TE-DFG
TEMPERATURE
1.000
8 FOOT
PLENUM
CABLE
2X ø 218
1.500 MOUNTING
HOLES
2.000
The Series TE Duct and Immersion Temperature Sensor can be used to monitor air or water
temperature throughout a building management system or an air handler unit. Flanged duct sensors monitor
the supply or return air and provide a thermistor or RTD output to the digital controller. Immersion sensors
which are supplied with compression fittings are typically used to monitor the hot or chilled water lines
throughout a building. Thermowells are recommended, but not required on the immersion sensors.
For variable air volume applications, the Series TE can be configured to have 8 plenum rated cable with
flying leads. Standard units come with 4˝ leads with an integral terminal block to eliminate carrying extra
wire nuts. For housing models, multiple knockouts provide easy conduit access to any side of the housing. The
1/4 turn lid comes with a chain to prevent it from being lost during installation.
Example
Series
Mounting
Configuration
TE -DFN -A 04 4 8 -00
TE
DFN
DFG
DFW
IBN
IBG
IBW
Sensor Type
A
B
C
D
E
F
Probe Length
25
04
06
08
12
18
Probe Diameter
4
Termination
4
8
00
Thermowell
12
Connection
14
38
TE-DFN-A0448-00
Temperature Sensor
Duct Mount Probe Only
Duct Mount Probe in General Purpose Housing
Duct Mount Probe in NEMA 4X Housing
Immersion Probe Only
Immersion Probe in General Purpose Housing
Immersion Probe in NEMA 4X Housing
10K Ohm Type III Thermistor
10K Ohm Type II Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
Pt100 Ohm RTD
Pt1000 Ohm RTD
20K Ohm Thermistor
2.5˝
4˝
6˝
8˝
12˝
18˝ (DFN/DFG Only)
1/4˝
4˝ leads
8´ Plenum Rated Cable
Probe only
1/2˝ NPT Compression Fitting
1/4˝ NPT Compression Fitting
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
4.788
.125
GASKET
4.163
2.216
GENERAL
PURPOSE
(2.813 WEATHERPROOF)
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Thermistor temperature sensor: ±0.2°C @ 25°C
(±0.36°F @ 77°F);
RTD temperature sensor: DIN class A: ±0.15°C @ 0°C
(±0.28°F @ 32°F).
Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 302°F (-40 to
150°C).
Sensor Curves: See resistance vs. temperature table
on page 46.
Cable Rating: Plenum option includes UL listed plenum
cable.
Housing Material: Meets UL, 94 V-O polycarbonate
plastic.
Housing Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66) (DFW, IBW only).
Weight: 5.3 oz (150.3 g).
Thermowells
Model
TE-TNS-N044N-14
TE-TNS-N044N-12
TE-TNS-N064N-14
TE-TNS-N064N-12
TE-TNS-N094N-14
TE-TNS-N094N-12
TE-TNS-N124N-14
TE-TNS-N124N-12
Length
4˝
4˝
6˝
6˝
9˝
9˝
12˝
12˝
Connection
(Internal/
External) (NPT)
1/4˝ / 1/2˝
1/2˝ / 3/4˝
1/4˝ / 1/2˝
1/2˝ / 3/4˝
1/4˝ / 1/2˝
1/2˝ / 3/4˝
1/4˝ / 1/2˝
1/2˝ / 3/4˝
Note: R-T temperature curves are on page 46.
039_Layout 2 3/4/14 3:54 PM Page 1
Series
AD
Air/Duct Temperature Sensors
ø1/4
[ø6.35]
1-1/2
2
[50.80] [38.10]
Flange Mount
2X ø0.743˝ [18.87 MM]
3/8˝ NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
ø1/4
[6.35]
4-27/32
[123.19]
3X ø0.896˝ [22.76 MM]
1/2˝ NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
NEMA 4X Housing
Air/Duct Temperature Sensors are available in precision platinum,
nickel, or balco RTDs and interchangeable NTC thermistors. Sensors are
constructed with a hermetically sealed 304 SS sheath and are unaffected by
high humidity, contamination, thermal shock or vibration. Flange mount
sensors offer low profile mounting and quick installation directly into duct
work. Rugged air/duct sensors are ideal for air handlers, fan coil units, ducts,
furnaces, freezers, ovens and other through wall temperature sensing
applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Platinum RTD: ±0.6% @ 32°F (0°C);
Nickel RTD: ±0.5°F @ 32°F (0°C);
Balco RTD: ±0.1% @ 32°F (0°C);
Thermistors: ±0.36°F from 32 to 158°F (0 to 70°C).
Operating Temperature: -32 to 240°F (-35.5 to 115.5°C).
Probe Diameter: 1/4˝ (6.3 mm).
Cable Length: 8˝ (housing models only).
Probe Material: 304 SS.
Series
I2-1
Model Coding
Fill in the appropriate numbers or letters to specify the probe of your choice. Fill in all
boxes. If an item or dimension does not apply, fill those boxes with zeros ‘0’.
AD –
INSTALLATION
1 – Flange mount
3˝ (175 mm)
wire leads
2 – Flange mount
6´ (1.8 m) cable
PROBE
LENGTH
04 – 4˝
(100 mm)
06 – 6˝
(150 mm)
08 – 8˝
(200 mm)
12 – 12˝
(300 mm)
SENSOR TYPE
3 – Ni 1000 Ω RTD
4 – 1000 Ω Balco RTD
7 – 5 kΩ NTC Thermistor
8 – 100 kΩ NTC Thermistor
A – 2252 Ω NTC Thermistor
5 – Flange mount
with NEMA 4X
housing
Immersion Temperature Probes
RTD & Thermistor Outputs, 304 SS Probes
1-27/32
[46.99]
TEMPERATURE
1/2˝ INTERNAL NPT
1/2˝ EXTERNAL NPT
1-1/8 [28.19]
3/8 [9.53]
L
1W2-2X2 Thermowell
1-5/16
[33.31]
1/2˝ NPT
31/32 [24.87]
1/4 [6.37]
6˝ THERMOWELL: L = 6.250˝
4˝ THERMOWELL: L = 4.000˝
L = 7.000˝ FOR 6˝ THERMOWELL
L = 5.000˝ FOR 4˝ THERMOWELL
L
12-1X0X2 Sensor
The Series I2-1 Immersion Temperature Probes are designed to monitor the
hot and chilled water lines throughout a building’s water distribution loop. The
multiple temperature sensor outputs allow these sensors to connect to virtually any
digital building controller. The Series IW2 SS thermowells allow the temperature
sensors to be replaced without draining the water line. The temperature sensors are
available in 4˝ and 6˝ insertion lengths.
Note: A Series IW2 Thermowell must be used on pressurized air and water
lines to prevent leakage around the probe.
Model
I2-13062
I2-14062
I2-17062
I2-18062
I2-1A062
Sensor Type
Ni 1000 Ω RTD
Balco 1000 Ω RTD
5K Ω Thermistor
100K Ω Thermistor
2252 Ω Thermistor
Thermowells
Model Material
IW2-262 304 SS
IW2-242 304 SS
Insertion Length
6˝
6˝
6˝
6˝
6˝
Model
I2-13042
I2-14042
I2-17042
I2-18042
I2-1A042
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Platinum RTD: ±0.6% @ 32°F (0°C); Nickel RTD: ±0.5°F @ 32°F
(0°C); Balco RTD: ±0.1% @ 32°F (0°C); Thermistors: ±0.36°F from 32 to
158°F (0 to 70°C).
Operating Temperature: -32 to 240°F (-35.5 to 115.5°C).
Probe Diameter: 1/4˝ (6.3 mm).
Cable Length: 6´ (1.8 m).
Probe Material: 304 SS.
Mounting: 1/2˝ threaded connection to fit Series IW2 thermowell.
Sensor Type
Ni 1000 Ω RTD
Balco 1000 Ω RTD
5K Ω Thermistor
100K Ω Thermistor
2252 Ω Thermistor
Insertion Length
4˝
4˝
4˝
4˝
4˝
Insertion Length
6˝
4˝
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
39
040_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:46 AM Page 1
Series
TE-I
Immersion Temperature Sensors
New Integral Mounting Connection, Welded Thermowells
BALL CHAIN CONNECTOR
2X
Ø0.875
Ø3.310
1/2˝ NPT
PROCESS THREAD
TE-ITG
1/2˝ NPSM
2.201
TE-ITG
TE-ITW
0.125
GASKET
GENERAL PURPOSE
[2.813 WEATHERPROOF]
BALL CHAIN
CONNECTOR
Ø3.310
1.780
L
2X
Ø0.875
L
1.125
2.799
TE-TNS
TE-ITW
The Series TE-I Immersion Style Temperature Sensors accurately measure
water temperature in side chilled and hot water loops in HVAC systems. Sensors can
be ordered either with a general purpose or weatherproof enclosure and have an
integral 1/2˝ NPT threaded connection so that the housing mounts flush against the
thermowell. All models come standard with a terminal block that ensure a better
electrical connection to the sensor. Both housing configurations include a chain that
prevents the lid from being lost during installation. Electrical knockouts on the
housing can adapt to either a cable gland or conduit. Thermowells are required to
protect the electrical connection from the process water and to allow replacement of
the sensors without draining the system.
TEMPERATURE
Example
Series
Housing
TE ITG A 25 4 4 00
TE
ITG
ITW
Sensor Type
A
B
C
D
E
F
Probe Length
25
04
06
08
12
18
Probe Diameter
4
Cable
4
Configuration
Connection Size
00
Thermowell
Model
TE-TNS-N253N-00
TE-TNS-N043N-00
TE-TNS-N063N-00
TE-TNS-N083N-00
TE-TNS-N123N-00
TE-TNS-N183N-00
40
Material
304 SS
304 SS
304 SS
304 SS
304 SS
304 SS
0.125
GASKET
GENERAL PURPOSE
[2.813 WEATHERPROOF]
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Thermistor Temperature Sensor: ±0.22°C @ 25°C (±0.4°F @ 77°F);
RTD Temperature Sensor DIN Class A: ±0.15°C @ 0°C (±0.28°F @ 32°F).
Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 302°F (-40 to 150°C).
Sensor Curves: See resistance-temperature curves on page 46.
Housing Material: Meets UL, 94 V-O polycarbonate plastic.
Thermowell Material: 304 SS.
Weight: 5.3 oz (150.3 g).
Model TE-ITG-A2544-00 Immersion Probe, 10K Type 3 Thermistor, 4˝ probe
length, 1/4˝ probe diameter, 4˝ flying leads, with 1/2˝ NPT connection.
Duct and Immersion Building Automation Temperature Sensor
Immersion in General Purpose Housing
Immersion in NEMA 4X Housing
10K Type 3 Thermistor
10K Type 2 Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
PT100 Ohm RTD
PT1000 Ohm RTD
20K Thermistor
2.5˝
4˝
6˝
8˝
12˝
18˝
1/4˝
4˝ Flying Leads Terminal Block
No Options
Insertion
Length
2.5˝
4˝
6˝
8˝
12˝
18˝
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
TE-TNS
041_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:47 AM Page 1
Series
I2-2
General Purpose Immersion
Temperature Sensor
Locking Screw Cover, Multiple Conduit Holes
2-1/4
[57.15]
2X Ø0.743˝ [18.87 MM]
3/8˝ NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
3/8˝ NPT
4-1/16
[103.21]
The Series I2-2 General Purpose Immersion Temperature Sensor is ideal
for monitoring hot and chilled water lines throughout a building or mechanical room.
The plastic housing is in the shape of a standard junction box with multiple knockouts
for easy conduit access. The locking cover prevents unauthorized occupants from
tampering with the temperature sensor. The Sensor I2-2 can be ordered with a choice
of 11 output options that allow it to communicate to any standard building control
system.
Note: ASeriesIW2Thermowellmustbeusedonpressurizedairandwater
linestopreventleakagearoundtheprobe.
Model
I2-23062
I2-24062
I2-27062
I2-28062
I2-2A062
I2-23042
I2-24042
I2-27042
I2-28042
I2-2A042
Sensor Type
Ni1000Ω RTD
Balco1000Ω RTD
5KΩ Thermistor
100KΩ Thermistor
2252Ω Thermistor
Ni1000Ω RTD
Balco1000Ω RTD
5KΩ Thermistor
100KΩ Thermistor
2252Ω Thermistor
Insertion Length
6˝
6˝
6˝
6˝
6˝
4˝
4˝
4˝
4˝
4˝
Series
I2-4
L
[L = 7.000˝ FOR 6˝ THERMOWELL
L = 5.000˝ FOR 4˝ THERMOWELL]
3X Ø0.896˝ [22.76 MM]
1/2˝ NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: PlatinumRTD: ±0.6%@32°F
(0°C);
NickelRTD:±0.5°[email protected]°F(0°C);
BalcoRTD:±0.1%@32°F(0°C);
Thermistors: ±0.36°Ffrom32to
158°F(0to70°C).
Thermowells
Model Material
IW2-262 304SS
IW2-242 304SS
Operating Temperature: -32to
240°F(-35.5to115.5°C).
Probe Diameter: 1/4˝(6.3mm).
Cable Length: 8˝.
Probe Material: 304SS.
Mounting: 1/2˝threadedconnection
tofitSeriesIW2thermowell.
Insertion Length
6˝
4˝
Weather-Proof Immersion
Temperature Sensor
Twist Off Cover, Multiple Conduit Holes
2-7/32
[56.16]
4X ø0.896˝ [22.76 MM]
1/2˝ NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
FOR 1/2˝ NPT THERMOWELL CONNECTION
3-3/32 [78.74]
1/4
[6.35]
L
L = 7.000˝ FOR 6˝ THERMOWELL
L= 5.000˝ FOR 4˝ THERMOWELL
The Series I2-4 Weather-Proof Immersion Temperature Sensor is ideal for
monitoring hot and chilled water lines feeding Air Handlers and Cooling Towers. The
plastic housing has a 1/4 turn twist off cover to reduce installation time. The multiple
knockouts allow for easy conduit access to any side of the housing. The Series I2-4 can
be ordered with a choice of 11 output options that allow it to communicate to any
standard building control system.
Note: ASeriesIW2Thermowellmustbeusedonpressurizedairandwater
linestopreventleakagearoundtheprobe.
Insertion Length
Sensor Type
Model
6˝
I2-41062 Pt100Ω RTD
6˝
I2-42062 PT1000Ω RTD
6˝
I2-43062 Ni1000Ω RTD
6˝
I2-44062 Balco1000Ω RTD
6˝
I2-45062 10KΩ TypeIIThermistor
6˝
I2-46062 3KΩ Thermistor
6˝
I2-47062 5KΩ Thermistor
6˝
I2-48062 100KΩ Thermistor
6˝
I2-49062 20KΩ Thermistor
6˝
I2-4A062 2252Ω Thermistor
6˝
I2-4B062 10KΩ TypeIIIThermistor
Thermowells
Model Material
Insertion Length
IW2-262 304SS
6˝
IW2-242 304SS
4˝
Model
I2-41042
I2-42042
I2-43042
I2-44042
I2-45042
I2-46042
I2-47042
I2-48042
I2-49042
I2-4A042
I2-4B042
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: PlatinumRTD: ±0.6%@32°F
(0°C);
NickelRTD:±0.5°[email protected]°F(0°C);
BalcoRTD:±0.1%@32°F(0°C);
Thermistors: ±0.36°Ffrom32to
158°F(0to70°C).
Sensor Type
Pt100Ω RTD
PT1000Ω RTD
Ni1000Ω RTD
Balco1000Ω RTD
10KΩ TypeIIThermistor
3KΩ Thermistor
5KΩ Thermistor
100KΩ Thermistor
20KΩ Thermistor
2252Ω Thermistor
10KΩ TypeIIIThermistor
Operating Temperature: -32to
240°F(-35.5to115.5°C).
Probe Diameter: 1/4˝(6.3mm).
Cable Length: 8˝.
Probe Material: 304SS.
Mounting: 1/2˝threadedconnection
tofitSeriesIW2thermowell.
Insertion Length
4˝
4˝
4˝
4˝
4˝
4˝
4˝
4˝
4˝
4˝
4˝
CONTACTUS|U.S.219/879-8000|U.K.(+44)(0)1494-461707|A.U.(+61)(0)242722055|China+852-23181007
41
TEMPERATURE
3-31/32
[101.00]
042_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:47 AM Page 1
Series
TE-A
Averaging Temperature Sensors
Available in 6´, 12´ and 24´ Lengths
AVAILABLE
LENGTHS:
6 FT, 12 FT,
24 FT
2X Ø.875
2X Ø.742
Ø3.295
2X .325 X .2000
MOUNTING SLOTS
Ø.375
4.163
.125
GASKET
The Series TE-A Averaging Temperature Sensors are used to measure the
temperature in large ducts and air handler units. Bendable aluminum capillaries are
available in 6´, 12´, and 24´foot lengths. These capillaries consist of four thermistor
or RTD sensors which are internally averaged to give a single output signal. Series
CC1 mounting brackets are available to mount the capillary to the wall of the duct or
air handler without kinking the sensor wires inside the probe. For faster installation,
the enclosure has multiple knockouts, wide mounting ears, and a screw-off captured
lid.
Model
TE-AAG-A0634-00
TE-AAG-A1234-00
TE-AAG-A2434-00
TE-AAG-B0634-00
TE-AAG-B1234-00
TE-AAG-B2434-00
TE-AAG-C0634-00
TE-AAG-C1234-00
TE-AAG-C2434-00
Capillary
Length
6´
12´
24´
6´
12´
24´
6´
12´
24´
Sensor Type
10K Type III NTC Thermistor
10K Type III NTC Thermistor
10K Type III NTC Thermistor
10K Type II NTC Thermistor
10K Type II NTC Thermistor
10K Type II NTC Thermistor
3K NTC Thermistor
3K NTC Thermistor
3K NTC Thermistor
4.788
2.201
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Thermistor temperature sensor: ± 0.22°C @ 25°C (±0.4°F @ 77°F);
RTD temperature sensor: DIN class B: ±0.3°C @ 0°C (±0.54°F @ 32°F).
Temperature Limits: -40 to 302°F (-40 to 150°C).
Capillary Lengths: 6, 12 or 24´ (depending on model).
Cable Length: 4˝.
Sensor Curves: See Resistance Curves for TE Series (page 46).
Probe Material: Bendable aluminum probe.
Housing Material: Meets UL, 94 V-0 polycarbonate plastic.
Weight: 14 oz (397 g).
Model
TE-AAG-D0634-00
TE-AAG-D1234-00
TE-AAG-D2434-00
TE-AAG-E0634-00
TE-AAG-E1234-00
TE-AAG-E2434-00
TE-AAG-F0634-00
TE-AAG-F1234-00
TE-AAG-F2434-00
Sensor Type
Pt100 RTD
Pt100 RTD
Pt100 RTD
Pt1000 RTD
Pt1000 RTD
Pt1000 RTD
20K NTC Thermistor
20K NTC Thermistor
20K NTC Thermistor
Capillary
Length
6´
12´
24´
6´
12´
24´
6´
12´
24´
TEMPERATURE
ACCESSORIES
CC1-N, Averaging Temperature Sensor Clip, Natural
CC1-B, Averaging Temperature Sensor Clip, Beige
CC1-GY, Averaging Temperature Sensor Clip, Grey
Series
CC1
Averaging Temperature Sensor Clips
Grey, Natural or Beige
1-63/64
[50.29]
1-3/32
[27.94]
Ø1/4
[Ø6.35]
2-15/32
[62.66]
1/2
[12.65]
The Series CC1 Averaging Temperature Sensor Clips are used to mount the
capillary of the AVG series temperature sensor to the wall of the duct or air handler.
The clips are available in grey, beige or a natural color. The clip can hold 1/8˝, 1/4˝
or 3/8˝ capillary diameters. The top of the mounting clip can also be used to hold a
single 1/4˝ diameter temperature probes in place. Slots are provided for using nylon
zip ties to hold the tubing in place, if needed.
42
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
Model
Color
CC1-N
Natural
CC1-B
Beige
CC1-GY
Grey
(sold individually)
043_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:47 AM Page 1
Series
AVG
Averaging Temperature Sensor
Available in 12´or 24´Lengths
2-1/4
[57.15]
2X Ø0.743˝ [18.87 MM]
3/8˝ NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
4-1/16
[103.21]
3X Ø0.896˝ [22.76 MM]
1/2˝ NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
The Series AVG Averaging Temperature Sensor can be used to measure the
average temperature up stream of the cooling coils in an air handler. The coiled sensor
unwinds to a length of 12´or 24´to take an average temperature reading across a
large space. The housing has multiple knockouts to reduce the time to install conduit.
The Series CC1 mounting brackets can be used to secure the capillary to the wall of
the air handler without kinking. The Series AVG can be ordered with a choice of 11
output options that allow it to communicate to any standard building control system.
Model
Sensor Type
AVG-21121 Pt 100 Ω RTD
AVG-22121 PT 1000 Ω RTD
AVG-23121 Ni 1000 Ω RTD
AVG-24121 Balco 1000 Ω RTD
AVG-25121 10K Ω Type II Thermistor
AVG-26121 3K Ω Thermistor
AVG-27121 5K Ω Thermistor
AVG-28121 100K Ω Thermistor
AVG-29121 20K Ω Thermistor
AVG-2A121 2252 Ω Thermistor
AVG-2B121 10K Ω Type III Thermistor
Capillary
Length
12´
12´
12´
12´
12´
12´
12´
12´
12´
12´
12´
Series
S2-1
Model
AVG-21241
AVG-22241
AVG-23241
AVG-24241
AVG-25241
AVG-26241
AVG-27241
AVG-28241
AVG-29241
AVG-2A241
AVG-2B241
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Platinum RTD: ±0.6% @
32°F (0°C); Nickel RTD: ±0.5°F @
32°F (0°C); Balco RTD: ±0.1% @
32°F (0°C); Thermistors: ±0.36°F
from 32 to 158°F (0 to 70°C).
Sensor Type
Pt 100 Ω RTD
PT 1000 Ω RTD
Ni 1000 Ω RTD
Balco 1000 Ω RTD
10K Ω Type II Thermistor
3K Ω Thermistor
5K Ω Thermistor
100K Ω Thermistor
20K Ω Thermistor
2252 Ω Thermistor
10K Ω Type III Thermistor
Capillary
Length
24´
24´
24´
24´
24´
24´
24´
24´
24´
24´
24´
Operating Temperature: -32 to
240°F (-35.5 to 115.5°C).
Capillary Length: 12´ or 24´
depending on model.
Cable Length: 8˝.
Probe Material: Bendable copper
capillary.
Mounting: Flanged mounting ears.
Surface Mount Temperature Sensor
RTD and Thermistor, 304 SS Probe, Waterproof
.250
STRIPPING LENGTH
1.000 x Ø0.250
WIRES 22AWG 7/30
BULLET PROBE STRANDED ETCHED TEFLON®
.650
S2-1X No Housing
The Series S2-1 Surface Mount Temperature Sensors provide a cost effective
and reliable solution for surface contact temperature measurement of conditioned
water pipes, low pressure steam or refrigerant lines. The sensors are ideal for
applications where immersion wells are not practical to install. Models are
constructed with a 1˝ (25 mm) 304 SS probe and a 23˝ stranded etched Teflon® leads.
Model
S2-11
S2-12
S2-13
S2-14
S2-15
S2-16
S2-17
S2-18
S2-19
S2-1A
S2-1B
Sensor Type
Pt 100Ω RTD
Pt 1000Ω RTD
Ni 1000Ω RTD
1000Ω Balco® RTD
10 kΩ Type II Thermistor
3 kΩ NTC Thermistor
5 kΩ NTC Thermistor
100 kΩ NTC Thermistor
20 kΩ NTC Thermistor
2252Ω NTC Thermistor
10KΩ Type III NTC Thermistor
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Platinum RTD: ±0.1% @ 32°F (0°C), alpha 385 per DIN 43760;
Nickel RTD: ±0.5°F @ 70°F (21.1°C);
Balco®: ±0.5°F @ 70°F (21.1°C);
Thermistor: ±0.2°C interchangeable @ 77°F (25°C).
Operating Temperature: -40 to 250°F (-40 to 125°C).
Probe Diameter: 1/4˝ (6.3 mm).
Probe Length: 1˝ (25 mm).
Probe Material: 304 SS.
Balco® is a registered trademark of CRS Holdings, Inc.
Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. Dupont De Nemours and Company
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
43
TEMPERATURE
23.000
044_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:48 AM Page 1
Series
S2-2
General Purpose Surface
Temperature Assembly
Strap-On Design, Multiple Conduit Holes
2X Ø0.743˝ [18.87 MM]
3/8˝ NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
2-1/4
[57.15]
4-1/16
[103.21]
3X Ø0.896˝ [22.76 MM]
1/2˝ NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
The Series S2-2 General Purpose Surface Temperature Assembly is ideal for
monitoring the temperature of indoor distribution lines when it is not possible to penetrate
the pipe. The plastic housing is in the shape of a standard junction box with multiple
knockouts for easy conduit access. The strap-on connection quickly wraps around a pipe and
can be securely tightened using a flat head screw driver. The Series S2-2 can be ordered with
a choice of 11 output options that allow it to communicate to any standard building control
system.
Model
S2-23
S2-24
S2-27
S2-28
S2-2A
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Platinum RTD: ±0.6% @ 32°F (0°C);
Nickel RTD: ±0.5°F @ 32°F (0°C);
Balco RTD: ±0.1% @ 32°F (0°C);
Thermistors: ±0.36°F from 32 to 158°F (0 to 70°C).
Operating Temperature: -32 to 240°F (-35.5 to 115.5°C).
Probe Material: Copper conductor.
Mounting: Strap-on to pipe (fits 2 to 5˝ pipe sizes).
Sensor Type
Ni 1000 Ω RTD
Balco 1000 Ω RTD
5K Ω Thermistor
100K Ω Thermistor
2252 Ω Thermistor
Series
S2-4
Weatherproof Surface
Temperature Assembly
TEMPERATURE
Strap-On Design, Twist off Housing Cover
3-31/32
[101.00]
2-7/32
[56.15]
4X ø0.896˝ [22.76 MM]
1/2˝ NPT CONDUIT KNOCKOUTS
3-1/4
[82.39]
The Series S2-4 Weatherproof Surface Temperature Assembly is ideal for
monitoring the temperature of distribution lines when it is not possible to penetrate the pipe.
The strap-on connection quickly wraps around a pipe and can be securely tightened using a
flat head screw driver. The twist-off housing cover reduces installation time. The housing has
multiple knockout conduit holes which allows the installer to bring conduit to any side of the
housing. The Series S2-4 can be ordered with a choice of 11 output options that allow it to
communicate to any standard building control system.
Model
S2-41
S2-42
S2-43
S2-44
S2-45
S2-46
44
Sensor Type
Pt 100 Ω RTD
PT 1000 Ω RTD
Ni 1000 Ω RTD
Balco 1000 Ω RTD
10K Ω Type II Thermistor
3K Ω Thermistor
Model
S2-47
S2-48
S2-49
S2-4A
S2-4B
Sensor Type
5K Ω Thermistor
100K Ω Thermistor
20K Ω Thermistor
2252 Ω Thermistor
10K Ω Type III Thermistor
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Platinum RTD: ±0.6% @ 32°F (0°C);
Nickel RTD: ±0.5°F @ 32°F (0°C);
Balco RTD: ±0.1% @ 32°F (0°C);
Thermistors: ±0.36°F from 32 to 158°F (0 to 70°C).
Operating Temperature: -32 to 240°F (-35.5 to 115.5 °C).
Probe Material: Copper conductor.
Mounting: Strap-on to pipe (fits 2 to 5˝ pipe sizes).
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
045_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:48 AM Page 1
Series
TE-SNW
Weather Resistant Surface
Temperature Sensor
Strap On Design, Twist Off Cover, 2 to 6˝ Pipe Sizes
3-1/4
[82.38]
3-3/8
[84.86]
1 [25.97]
1-1/2
[38.10]
FITS 2
TO 6˝ PIPE
2 X PG11
KNOCKOUTS
2 X PG16
KNOCKOUTS
The Series TE-SNW Surface Temperature Sensor non-intrusively measures
the process temperature in hot and cold water loops in buildings. An adjustable
metal strap can tightly fit around 2 through 6˝ pipe sizes, allowing the surface area
of the copper plate on the sensor to make good contact with the pipe surface. In order
to work with most common building controllers, the output of the sensor can be
chosen from 6 different RTD and Thermistor curves. Additional features include a
quarter turn twist off cap that is chained to the housing to prevent it from getting
lost, and multiple knockout locations and sizes to reduce installation time.
Model
TE-SNW-A
TE-SNW-B
TE-SNW-C
TE-SNW-D
TE-SNW-E
TE-SNW-F
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Thermistor Temperature Sensor: ±0.2°C @ 25°C (±-0.36°F @ 77°F);
RTD Temperature Sensor: DIN Class A ±0.15°C @ 0°C (±0.28°F @ 32°F).
Temperature Limits: Operating: -32 to 240°F (-35.5 to 115.5°C).
Sensor Curves: See resistance vs temperature table.
Housing Material: Meets UL 94 V-0 polycarbonate plastic, NEMA 3R.
Weight: 7 oz (198 g).
Sensor Type
10KΩ Type III Thermistor
10KΩ Type II Thermistor
3KΩ Thermistor
Pt100Ω RTD
Pt1000Ω RTD
20KΩ Thermistor
Series
O-4
Outside Air Temperature Sensors
NEMA 4X, Removable Terminal Block
2X .250
2X Ø.188
TEMPERATURE
2X
.375
3-31/64
[88.5]
3
[76.2]
6-3/8
[161.48]
4
[101.6]
1-27/64
[36.12] 1-31/64
[37.70]
2x 5/16
[7.94]
2-3/4
[69.85]
The Series O-4 Outside Air Temperature Sensors are great for monitoring
ambient air temperatures in outdoor applications. The temperature sensors are
mounted in a NEMA 4X enclosure with integral mounting tabs. The mounting tabs
can be used to surface or suspension mount the temperature sensors. The removable
terminal block makes installation easy. The Series O-4 can be used to measure outside
air temperatures in building automation systems or room temperatures inside
agricultural ventilation houses.
Model
O-4A
O-4B
O-4C
O-4D
O-4E
O-4F
Sensor Type
10K Ohm Type III Thermistor
10K Ohm Type II Thermistor
3K Ohm Thermistor
Pt100 Ohm RTD
Pt1000 Ohm RTD
20K Ohm Thermistor
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy: Thermistor temperature sensor: ±0.22°C @ 25°C (±0.4°F @
77°F); RTD temperature sensor: DIN class B: ±0.3°C @ 0°C (±0.54°F @
32°F).
Operating Temperature: -40 to 250°F.
Probe Diameter: 0.235˝ (5.97 mm).
Probe Length: 3.5˝.
Probe Material: 304 SS.
Mounting: Suspension or surface.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66).
Weight: 3 oz (85 g).
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
45
046_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:48 AM Page 1
Series
TE-OND/
TE-RND
Outdoor Temperature Sensors
Protection Against Radiated Heat, NEMA 4X (IP65) Enclosure
5-1/8
4-17/32 [130.18]
[115.09]
2-15/64
[56.75]
4-17/32
[115.09]
3-1/8
[79.38]
3-1/8
1-13/64 [79.38]
[30.56]
Ø3/16
[4.76]
MOUNTING HOLES
TYP 4 PLCS
6-25/32
[172.09]
TE-OND
Ø5-1/8
[130.18]
Ø4-47/64
[120.25]
55/64
[21.83]
4-31/32
[126.21]
8-51/64
[223.30]
8-43/64
[220.27]
3-45/64
[93.98]
2-1/4
[57.15]
TE-RND
TEMPERATURE
The Series TE-OND/TE-RND Outdoor Air Temperature Sensors are offered
in two different configurations to increase measurement accuracy by reducing
radiated heat effects. For applications where the north side of the building is
accessible, the TE-OND can be used to protect against low levels of radiated heat. If
the sensor must be mounted in direct sunlight or a more precise measurement is
required, our six plate radiation shield mounts over the temperature probe. The TERND radiation shield models can be surface or pipe mounted. All models include
removeable terminal blocks to simply wire.
Resistance vs Temperature Table
Temperature Resistance Curves (Ω)
°C
°F
A
B
C
-55 -67.0 607800.00 963849.00 289154.70
-50 -58.0 441200.00 670166.00 201049.80
-45 -49.0 323600.00 471985.00 141595.50
-40 -40.0 239700.00 336479.00 100943.70
-35 -31.0 179200.00 242681.00 72804.30
-30 -22.0 135200.00 176974.00 53092.20
-25 -13.0 102900.00 130421.00 39126.30
-20
-4.0 78910.00 97081.00 29124.30
-15
5.0 61020.00 72957.00 21887.10
-10
14.0 47540.00 55329.00 16598.70
-5
23.0 37310.00 42327.00 12698.10
0
32.0 29490.00 32650.00
9795.00
5
41.0 23460.00 25392.00
7617.60
10
50.0 18780.00 19901.00
5970.30
15
59.0 15130.00 15712.00
4713.60
20
68.0 12260.00 12493.00
3747.90
25
77.0 10000.00 10000.00
3000.00
30
86.0
8194.00
8057.00
2417.10
35
95.0
6752.00
6531.00
1959.30
40 104.0
5592.00
5326.00
1597.80
45 113.0
4655.00
4368.00
1310.40
50 122.0
3893.00
3602.00
1080.60
55 131.0
3271.00
2986.00
895.80
60 140.0
2760.00
2488.00
746.40
65 149.0
2339.00
2083.00
624.90
70 158.0
1990.00
1752.00
525.60
75 167.0
1700.00
1480.00
444.00
80 176.0
1458.00
1255.00
376.50
85 185.0
1255.00
1070.00
321.00
90 194.0
1084.00
915.50
274.65
95 203.0
939.30
786.60
235.98
100 212.0
816.80
678.60
203.58
105 221.0
712.60
587.60
176.28
110 230.0
623.60
510.60
153.18
115 239.0
547.30
445.30
133.59
120 248.0
481.80
389.60
116.88
125 257.0
425.30
341.90
102.57
130 266.0
376.40
301.00
90.30
135 275.0
334.00
265.80
79.74
140 284.0
297.20
235.30
70.59
145 293.0
265.10
208.90
62.67
150 302.0
237.00
186.10
55.83
46
D
78.32
80.31
82.29
84.27
86.25
88.22
90.19
92.16
94.12
96.09
98.04
100.00
101.95
103.90
105.85
107.79
109.74
111.67
113.61
115.54
117.47
119.40
121.32
123.24
125.16
127.08
128.99
130.90
132.80
134.71
136.61
138.51
140.40
142.29
144.18
146.07
147.95
149.83
151.71
153.58
155.46
157.33
E
F
783.2 2394000.00
803.1 1646200.00
822.9 1145800.00
842.7 806800.00
862.5 574400.00
882.2 413400.00
901.9 300400.00
921.6 220600.00
941.2 163500.00
960.9 122280.00
980.4
92240.00
1000.0
70160.00
1019.5
53780.00
1039.0
41560.00
1058.5
32340.00
1077.9
25360.00
1097.4
20000.00
1116.7
15892.00
1136.1
12704.00
1155.4
10216.00
1174.7
8264.00
1194.0
6722.00
1213.2
5498.00
1232.4
4520.00
1251.6
3734.00
1270.8
3100.00
1289.9
2586.00
1309.0
2166.00
1328.0
1822.60
1347.1
1540.00
1366.1
1306.40
1385.1
1112.60
1404.0
951.00
1422.9
815.80
1441.8
702.20
1460.7
606.40
1479.5
525.60
1498.3
N/A
1517.1
N/A
1535.8
N/A
1554.6
N/A
1573.3
N/A
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
5-1/8
[130.05]
SPECIFICATIONS
Accuracy:
Thermistor temperature sensor: ±0.2°C @ 25°C (±0.36°F @ 77°F);
RTD temperature sensor: DIN class A: ±0.15°C @ 0°C (±0.28°F @ 32°F).
Temperature Limits: Operating: -40 to 302°F (-40 to 150°C).
Sensor Curves: See resistance vs. temperature table.
Housing Material: Polycarbonate.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65).
Weight: 0.65 lb (295 g).
Model
TE-OND-A
TE-OND-B
TE-OND-C
TE-OND-D
TE-OND-E
TE-OND-F
TE-RND-A
TE-RND-B
TE-RND-C
TE-RND-D
TE-RND-E
TE-RND-F
Sensor Type
10K Ω type III thermistor
10K Ω type II thermistor
3K Ω thermistor
PT100 Ω RTD
PT1000 Ω RTD
20K Ω thermistor
10K Ω type III thermistor
10K Ω type II thermistor
3K Ω thermistor
PT100 Ω RTD
PT1000 Ω RTD
20K Ω thermistor
047_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:49 AM Page 1
Series
IT
Industrial Thermometer
9˝ Scale, Adjustable Angle Stem
2-3/8
[60.33]
1-1/32
[26.19]
8-3/4
[222.25]
10-5/16
[261.94]
17/32
[13.49]
1-13/32
[35.72]
3-1/8
[79.38]
19/32
[15.08]
1-1/4 [31.75] HEX
3-1/2 OR 6
[88.9] OR [152.4]
The Series IT Industrial Thermometer allows users to easily take accurate temperature
measurements in any environment. The case of the IT series is made of die cast aluminum for extra
durability in industrial environments. The glass lens is easily cleaned and resists scratches for better
viewing of the scale. The stem can be adjusted 180° in order to achieve the best viewing angle. The
blue organic fill is non-toxic and allows users to better see the temperature reading. The scales can be
ordered with dual units, °F, or °C.
3-1/2˝ Stem
Model
ITA9351D
ITA9352D
ITA9353D
ITA9354D
ITA9355D
ITA9356D
ITA9357D
ITA9358D
Range
-40 to 110°F (-40 to 40°C)
0 to 120°F (-15 to 50°C)
0 to 160°F (-15 to 70°C)
30 to 180°F (0 to 80°C)
30 to 240°F (0 to 115°C)
30 to 300°F (0 to 150°C)
50 to 400°F (10 to 205°C)
100 to 550°F (40 to 300°C)
Series
IT-W
6˝ Stem
Model
ITA9601D
ITA9602D
ITA9603D
ITA9604D
ITA9605D
ITA9606D
Range
-40 to 110°F (-40 to 40°C)
0 to 120°F (-15 to 50°C)
0 to 160°F (-15 to 70°C)
30 to 180°F (0 to 80°C)
30 to 240°F (0 to 115°C)
30 to 300°F (0 to 150°C)
1-1/4-18 NEF
THREAD
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Material: Tapered cast aluminum with graphite fill.
Housing Material: 9˝ (228 mm) aluminum.
Lens: Glass.
Accuracy: 1% accuracy.
Scales: Aluminum painted white with black markings.
Process Connection: 1-1/4-18 NEF thread.
Liquid Filling: Organic blue liquid filled tube.
Mounting: Adjustable stem: Vertical plane 180° horizontal
plane 360°.
Weight: 1 lb 7 oz (0.65 kg).
OPTION
For NIST traceable calibration certificate, use order code
NISTCAL-TG.
TEMPERATURE
Industrial Thermometer Thermowells
Fits IT Thermometers with 3-1/2” and 6” Stem Lengths
3/4
[19.05]
A
Ø5/8
[Ø15.88]
1-1/4-18 NEF
THREAD
1-1/2 [38.1]
HEX
3/4
[19.05]
3/4-14 NPT
1
[25.4]
Standard Type Thermowell
2-1/2
[63.5]
1
[25.4]
2-1/2
[63.5]
Ø5/8
[Ø15.88]
1-1/4-18 NEF
THREAD
1-1/2 [38.1]
HEX
The Series IT-W Thermowells reduce installation cost and time by eliminating the
need to drain the system when servicing industrial thermometers. The thermowells
protect industrial thermometers from high pressure, flow and corrosive media. Series
IT-W Thermowells are available with 2-1/2˝ and 5˝ insertion lengths and with the
option of a 2-1/2˝ lagging extension. These cost efficient brass, 304 stainless steel, and
316 stainless steel thermowells with 3/4˝ NPT threads are compatible with Series IT
for most applications.
Model
IT-W01
IT-W11
IT-W21
IT-W04
IT-W14
IT-W24
IT-W07
IT-W17
IT-W27
Materials
Brass
304 SS
316 SS
Brass
304 SS
316 SS
Brass
304 SS
316 SS
3/4-14 NPT
6˝ [152.4] STEM LENGTH
Lagging Extension Type Thermowell
Insertion Length
2-1/2˝
2-1/2˝
2-1/2˝
5˝
5˝
5˝
2-1/2˝
2-1/2˝
2-1/2˝
Lag
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2-1/2˝
2-1/2˝
2-1/2˝
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
47
048_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:49 AM Page 1
Series
DFS
Low Limit Freeze Protection Switch
Manual and Auto Reset, DPDT Output
5-33/64
[140.00]
2-41/64
[67.00]
Ø3/32
CAPILLARY
[Ø2.38]
The Series DFS Low Limit Freeze Protection Switch protects cooling coils in
air handler systems by preventing frost build up on the coils. By sensing the lowest
temperature along any 1´ section of capillary, the DPDT manual or automatic reset
relays signal the building management system, as well as cut off the fan. Set points
can be adjusted as low as 34°F (1° C) utilizing the visual set point indicator and set
point screw. The Series DFS includes mounting clips for easy installation.
SPECIFICATIONS
Wetted Material: Vapor-filled
copper capillary, tin-plated, 10´ or
20´.
Housing Material: Plated steel
case, painted steel cover, plastic set
point window.
Temperature Limit:
Operating: -60 to 160°F (-51 to
71°C);
Sensing element: 300°F (149°C)
max.
Switch Type: DPDT snap acting.
Model
DFS-DM20
DFS-DA20
DFS-DM10
DFS-DA10
ACCESSORIES
CC1-N, Averaging Temperature Sensor Clip, Natural
CC1-B, Averaging Temperature Sensor Clip, Beige
CC1-GY, Averaging Temperature Sensor Clip, Grey
Reset Action
Manual
Automatic
Manual
Automatic
Capillary Length
20´ (609 cm)
20´ (609 cm)
10´ (305 cm)
10´ (305 cm)
Series
LVT
Electrical Ratings:
Inductive: 14 FLA, 84 LRA, 3/4 hp
@ 120VAC; 12 FLA, 72 LRA, 2 hp
@ 240 VAC.
Pilot Duty: 720 VA max. @ 120 to
600 VAC; 144 VA max. @ 24 VAC.
Reset Action: Manual or automatic.
Adjustable Range: 34 to 70°F (1 to
21°C).
Deadband: 4.5°F (2.5°C), fixed.
Agency Approvals: cUL, UL.
Digital Programmable Indoor
Thermostat with Heat Pump Control
TEMPERATURE
4 Event - 2 Day Program Schedule, Filter Use Indicator
RoHS
1-7/32
[30.63]
5-5/32 [130.60]
3-15/32
[87.78]
LVT1
LVT2
The Series LVT Digital Programmable Indoor Thermostats with Heat Pump
controls the ambient temperature inside of commercial and residential buildings. For
energy conservation, the thermostats have separate programming for weekdays and
weekends, along with four programmable events per day to allow building owners to
have different settings for occupied and unoccupied times of the day. Set points are
stored for both heating and cooling stages to eliminate the need to reprogram when
the seasons change. Internal jumpers allow for the selection of the engineering units,
time delay between compressor starts and fan controlled heating type. A system and
filter usage timer can be used as a maintenance tool to schedule filter replacement.
A filter icon will display when the filter needs to be changed. For protection against
frozen pipes, if the temperature falls below 40°F (5°C), the heater will be turned on
regardless of the set point.
Model
LVT1
LVT2
48
Front Access Panel
No
Yes
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
5-19/32 [142.24]
1-15/64
[31.37]
3-35/64
[90.17]
LVT1
SPECIFICATIONS
Range: Measurement: 32 to 99°F (0
to 40°C); Adjustable: 40 to 95°F (5 to
35°C).
Accuracy: ±1°F (0.5°C).
Sensor Type: NTC thermistor.
Resolution: 1°F (0.5°C).
Power Requirements: 24 VAC
50/60 Hz or (2) AA alkaline batteries,
not included.
ACCESSORIES
TG-1, Large Thermostat Cover
TG-2, Small Thermostat Cover
LVT2
Output: 1 A @ 24 VAC (inductive).
Temperature Limits:
Operating: 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C);
Storage: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C).
Humidity Limits: 5 to 95% RH
(non-condensing).
Weight: 4.9 oz (138.9 g).
Agency Approval: RoHS.
049_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:49 AM Page 1
Model
PLVT1
Compact Digital Thermostat with
Heat Pump Control
5 Control Modes, Large LCD Display
RoHS
4-33/64 [114.85]
3-21/64
[84.65]
15/16
[23.88]
The Model PLVT1 Compact Digital Thermostat with Heat Pump directly
controls the furnace, small boiler, air conditioner, circulator fan, and heat pump in
commercial or residential buildings. A large easy to read LCD display shows the
current temperature and the operating mode. In case of a power outage, the
thermostat can be operated off batteries. In order to reduce the need to switch modes
for different seasons, the thermostat can be set to automatically switch between
heating and cooling.
Model PLVT1, Compact Digital Thermostat with Heat Pump
ACCESSORIES
TG-1, Large Thermostat Cover
TG-2, Small Thermostat Cover
Model
TLVT1
SPECIFICATIONS
Range:
Measurement: 32 to 99°F (0 to
40°C);
Adjustment:
Heat/Cool Mode:
Heat/Cool Setting: 40 to 95°F
(5 to 35°C);
Auto Mode:
Heat Setting: 40 to 85°F (5 to
30°C);
Cool Setting: 50 to 95°F (10 to
35°C).
Accuracy: ±1°F (0.5°C).
Sensor Type: NTC thermistor.
Resolution: 1°F (0.5°C).
Power Requirements: 24 VAC
±10% or (2) AAA alkaline batteries,
not included.
Output: 1 A @ 24 VAC @ 50/60 Hz.
Temperature Limits:
Operating: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C);
Storage: 23 to 122°F (-5 to 50°C).
Weight: 4.5 oz (127.6 g).
Agency Approval: RoHS.
Digital Touch Screen Programmable
Thermostat with Heat Pump Control
5 Control Modes, Large LCD Display
RoHS
1-5/32
[29.48]
TEMPERATURE
6-11/32 [161.20]
4-17/32
[114.99]
The Model TLVT1 Digital Touch Screen Programmable Thermostat with
Heat Pump simplifies controlling indoor temperatures in commercial and residential
buildings. A large easy to read LCD display shows the current temperature, set point,
as well as time and day of the week. By touching the icons on the display, building
occupants can temporarily change the set point, edit the weekly program, or select the
control mode. For larger offices or homes, a single thermostat can control up to two
heating and two cooling units. For Heat pump applications, the thermostat can control
a two stage compressor. To make programming the time easier, there is a daylight
savings time function that will automatically change the time based on the US time
change dates. To prevent tampering, the Model TLVT1 has a security code feature
that can lock out the programming. For additional energy savings, the filter, UV and
energy usage timers tracks the number of hours the fan, heater/cooler, and thermostat
is powered on. Additional energy savings can be achieved by programming the
thermostat for up to 4 temperature events for each day of the week.
Model TLVT1, LCD Touch Screen Programmable Thermostat
SPECIFICATIONS
Range:
Measurement: 32 to 99°F (0 to
40°C);
Adjustment: 41 to 95°F (5 to 35°C).
Accuracy: ±1°F (0.5°C).
Sensor Type: NTC thermistor.
Resolution: 1°F (0.5°C).
Power Requirements: 24 VAC
50/60 Hz or (2) AA alkaline batteries,
not included.
Output: 1 A @ 24 VAC 50/60 Hz.
Temperature Limits:
Operating: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C);
Storage: 23 to 122°F (-5 to 50°C).
Weight: 10 oz (283.5 g).
Agency Approval: RoHS.
ACCESSORIES
TG-1, Large Thermostat Cover
TG-2, Small Thermostat Cover
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
49
050_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:50 AM Page 1
Series
WD3
Water Leak Detector
Battery or External Powered, SPST or DPDT Relays
RoHS
3-5/8
[91.70]
3
[76.68]
1-3/16
[30.12]
5/16
[7.52]
1-5/16
[33.15]
5/8
[16.58]
4-1/8
[105.23]
1/8
[2.50]
2
[50.66]
WD3-BP
WD3
WD3-LP
TheSeriesWD3WaterLeakDetector protects equipment from water damage
by detecting the presence of water in drip pans in air handler units, under raised
floors in data centers, or on floors around sump pumps and drains. Water is detected
once it reaches a level that bridges the two conductive strips on the bottom of the
housing. Depending on the model ordered, audible and visual alerts provide local
indication of the alarm condition and an internal switch will give remote indication
or control to prevent further build up of water.
For applications where power is not available, the Model WD3-BP-D1-A is battery
powered. Otherwise, either AC or DC supply voltages can be used to power the water
detector. The sensing height can be adjusted to as low as 1/32˝ using the included
adjustable mounting bracket. The mounting bracket can attach to any flat surface by
either using the attached adhesive strips or mounting screws.
Model
WD3-BP-D1-A
WD3-LP-D2
WD3-LP-D2-A
Output
SPST NO SSR
DPDT Relay
DPDT Relay
Power
Battery
11 to 27 VAC/DC
11 to 27 VAC/DC
Audible
Alarm
Yes
No
Yes
ACCESSORY
A-WD3-BRK, Replacement Mounting Bracket
Model
WD
5/8
[16.18]
Bracket
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Water or conductive fluids.
MinimumSensingGap: 1/32˝.
SwitchType: Battery Powered
Models: SPST NO SSR; External
Powered Models: DPDT relay.
ElectricalRatings: Battery
Powered Model: Pilot duty rating
250 mA @ 24 VDC; External
Powered Models: 1A @ 24 VAC/DC.
AudibleAlarm: At least 85 dB @ 1
foot distance (depends on model).
VisualAlarm:Red LED for water
level; Yellow LED for low battery
(battery powered models only);
Green LED for power condition
(external powered models only).
TemperatureLimits: 32 to 122°F (0
to 50°C).
PowerRequirements: Battery
Powered Model: 3V CR2450 lithium
metal battery, installed functional,
user replaceable; External Powered
Models: 11 to 27 VAC/DC.
PowerConsumption: Battery
Powered Model: 0.9 mA steady
state / 3.0 mA during alarm
condition; External Powered
Models: 30 mA steady state / 85 mA
during alarm condition.
BatteryLife: 5 years steady state /
48 hours during alarm condition.
ElectricalConnections: 4.9´ (1.5
m), 22 AWG, PVC, UL plenum rated
cable.
EnclosureMaterial: ABS and
polycarbonate with flammability
classification UL 94 V-0.
EnclosureRating: Audible Alarm
Models: Water-tight up to 3/4 of the
body height; Non-Audible Alarm
Models: NEMA 6P (IP 68)
submersible.
Weight: 4.85 oz (137.5 g).
AgencyApprovals: CE, RoHS.
Water Detector and Sensor Tape
Detects Low Levels Of Conductive Liquids
1/2˝ CONDUIT OR FLEX
CONNECTOR
Ø1/4
[Ø6.35]
LEVEL
1/4
4-1/4 [6.35]
[107.32]
4-3/4
[120.02]
ThesmallanddiscreetModelWDWaterDetectoris designed for dependable
detection of low levels of conductive liquids. The module features a sturdy and
reliable aluminum enclosure and is powered by 24 VAC or 24 to 30 VDC. Water
sensing tape attaches to module and if any liquid comes in contact with the tape the
resistance is changed and the alarm will be triggered. The tape is hydrophobic so it
does not absorb any of the liquid it is detecting which makes for a faster drying time
and faster return to service after a water leak.
The sensing tape is 1˝ wide and can be bought in lengths of 5´, 10´, 15´ and 25´.
Multiple tapes can be connected together to extend the coverage area which makes
it ideal for domestic as well as commercial applications. Features include power and
alarm LED’s, alarm test switch, continuous tape integrity self check and extendable
tape sensor.
50
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
1-1/2
[38.10]
Ø7/8
[Ø22.23]
PUSH
BUTTON
WD
WATER DETECTOR
TEST
ALARM
POWER
15 PIN CABLE
CONNECTION
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Conductive liquid.
SwitchType:DPDT.
ElectricalRating: 1 A @ 24
VAC/VDC.
PowerRequirements:24 VAC, 24
to 30 VDC.
PowerConsumption:35 mA
maximum.
Model
WD
TP05
TP10
TP15
TP25
AMBER LED
LIGHT
Description
Water Module
5´ (1.52 m) Tape
10´ (3.05 m) Tape
15´ (4.57 m) Tape
25´ (7.62 m) Tape
3
[76.38]
GREEN LED
LIGHT
1/8
[2.10]
1-3/4
[44.17]
ElectricalConnections:Screw
terminals.
ConduitConnections:Hole for
1/2˝ conduit.
Enclosure:Extruded aluminum.
Sensor Tape:1˝ (25.4 mm) wide
and 5´, 10´, 15´ or 25´ long.
Weight:8 oz (.23 kg).
051_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:50 AM Page 1
Series
ULT
Ultrasonic Level Transmitter
Explosion-proof, Mapping Software
3-29/32
[99.21]
2X 1/2 NPT
ø3-21/64
[84.53]
4-9/32
[108.74]
8-1/16
[204.79]
Model
ULT-11
ULT-21
Range
24.6´ (7.5 m)
32.8´ (10 m)
OPERATING PRESSURE PSI
Series ULT Ultrasonic Level Transmitter provides reliable, accurate, noncontact
measurement of liquid levels. Ultrasonic non-contact technology offers no moving
parts to wear, jam, corrode, or get coated like contact technologies. Mapping software
makes effective measuring surface only a 3˝ diameter column. No concerns with
ladders, pipes, or other tank intrusions in the remaining sound cone. Unit is FM
approved explosion-proof making it ideal for use in hazardous locations. The ULT
features easy programming with 6 digit LCD display and simple menu structure.
Output range is adjustable with choices of inputting tank dimensions or just fill and
empty the tank while calibrating and it automatically scales to levels it senses.
Window cover allows early viewing of display. Failsafe output options and diagnostic
capabilities makes the ULT a good choice for critical applications.
TEMPERATURE/PRESSURE DERATING
40
UNACCEPTABLE
RANGE
30
20
10
0
-40
Series
CFS2
ACCEPTABLE
RANGE
-20
0
20
40
60
TEMPERATURE °C
80
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible fluids. Not for
use with powder and bulk solids.
Wetted Materials:
Sensor: PVDF;
Process connection: 303 SS;
O-ring: fluoroelastomer.
Ranges: 24.6´ (7.5 m), 32.8´ (10 m).
Accuracy: ±0.2% of max range.
Resolution: 0.079˝ (2 mm).
Blind Zone: Under 8˝ (20 cm).
Beam Width: 3˝ (7.6 cm) diameter.
Temperature Limits:
Ambient: -40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C);
Process: -4 to 140°F (-20 to 60°C).
Temperature Compensation: -40
to 140°F (-40 to 60°C).
Pressure Limits: 30 psi (2 bar) up
to 25°C (77°C). Above 25°C (77°F),
rating decreases 1.667 psi per 1°C
increase. See chart.
Power Requirement: 18 to 28 VDC
(Two-wire).
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA or 20 to
4 mA (Two-wire).
Max. Loop Resistance: 250 Ω at
24 VDC.
Electrical Connections: Screw
terminal.
Conduit Connection: 1/2˝ NPT
female (two) or optional M20.
Process Connection: 2˝ NPT male
or optional BSPT.
Enclosure Rating: Weather-proof
meets NEMA 4X (IP66), explosionproof rated Class I, Div. 1, Groups
B, C, D; Class II/III, Div. 1, Groups
E, F, G.
Mounting Orientation: Vertical.
Failsafe: On lost echo after 30
seconds, user selectable to 4, 20,
21, 22 mA or last signal.
Memory: Non-volatile.
Display: 6 character LCD.
Units: In, cm, ft, m, percent.
Memory: Non-volatile.
Programming: 4 button.
Weight: 4.0 lb (1.8 kg).
Agency Approvals: CE, FM.
Cable Float Switch
Mercury-Free, UL/CSA Approved Options
1-41/64 [41.50]
5-5/32
[131.00]
6-15/64
[158.50]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: Enclosure:
Polypropylene; Cable: See model
chart.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0
to 50°C).
Pressure Limits: 14.5 psi (1 bar).
Enclosure Rating: IP68.
Switch Type: See model chart.
ACCESSORIES
A-457, 7.76 oz (220 g) counterweight
A-459, Cable hanger
Model
CFS2-ONBPN-20
CFS2-ONBPN-30
CFS2-ONBPN-40
CFS2-ONBPN-50
CFS2-CNBPN-20
CFS2-CNBPN-30
CFS2-CNBPN-40
CFS2-CNBPN-50
CFS2-DNBPN-7
CFS2-DNBPN-10
CFS2-DNBPN-15
CFS2-DNBPN-20
CFS2-DNBPN-30
Cable
Type
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
Approvals
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
Switch
Type
SPST NO
SPST NO
SPST NO
SPST NO
SPST NC
SPST NC
SPST NC
SPST NC
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
Cable Length
20 ft (6.10 m)
30 ft (9.14 m)
40 ft (12.19 m)
50 ft (15.24 m)
20 ft (6.10 m)
30 ft (9.14 m)
40 ft (12.19 m)
50 ft (15.24 m)
7 ft (2.13 m)
10 ft (3.05 m)
15 ft (4.57 m)
20 ft (6.10 m)
30 ft (9.14 m)
Model
CFS2-DNBPN-40
CFS2-DNBPN-50
CFS2-DNBPN-60
CFS2-DNBPN-80
CFS2-DNBPN-100
CFS2-OGDSN-20
CFS2-OGDSN-30
CFS2-OGDSN-40
CFS2-OGDSN-50
CFS2-CGDSN-20
CFS2-CGDSN-30
CFS2-CGDSN-40
CFS2-CGDSN-50
Cable
Type
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
PVC
SJOW
SJOW
SJOW
SJOW
SJOW
SJOW
SJOW
SJOW
Approvals
CE
CE
CE
CE
CE
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
4-9/64
[105.00]
Electrical Rating:
CFS2-XXBXX-XX:
10 (8) A @ 250 VAC;
CFS2-XXDXX-XX:
1 HP @ 125 VAC 16 FLA;
2 HP @ 250 VAC 12 FLA.
Shipping Weight:
Enclosure: 5.43 oz (154 g);
Cable: 0.77 oz (21.27 g) per ft.
Agency Approvals: See model
chart.
Switch
Type
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPDT
SPST NO
SPST NO
SPST NO
SPST NO
SPST NC
SPST NC
SPST NC
SPST NC
LEVEL
The Series CFS2 Cable Float Switch is a mechanically actuated floating switch
intended to activate electrical components, usually pumps, to start and stop
automatically. The CFS2 is perfect for simple level control of liquids for filling or
draining reservoirs and tanks. Float switches such as the CFS2 are the most
universally used for pump automation, due to their high reliability, economical
pricing, and easy installation. Counterweights and cable hangers are available to suit
a variety of mounting applications. Optional cables available include those with
UL/CSA approval, higher chemical compatibility, high temperature durability, oil
resistance, and drinking water suitability. Contact factory for piggyback plug option,
gold contact switch option and cable length options ranging from 10 to 70 ft (3.04 to
21.34 m).
3-3/16 [81.00]
Cable Length
40 ft (12.19 m)
50 ft (15.24 m)
60 ft (19.29 m)
80 ft (24.38 m)
100 ft (30.48 m)
20 ft (6.10 m)
30 ft (9.14 m)
40 ft (12.19 m)
50 ft (15.24 m)
20 ft (6.10 m)
30 ft (9.14 m)
40 ft (12.19 m)
50 ft (15.24 m)
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
51
052_Layout 2 3/10/14 11:29 AM Page 1
Series
PBLT2
Submersible Level Transmitters
Perfect for Cooling Towers and Storm Water Collection
ø3-7/16
[ø87.31]
ø1/4
x THRU
[ø6.35
x THRU]
60˚
TYP
PBLT2 Submersible Level Transmitters are manufactured for years of trouble
free service in the harshest applications. Both measure the height of liquid above
the position in the tank referenced to atmospheric pressure. The transmitters consist
of a piezoresistive sensing element, encased in a 316 SS housing. Large diameter 316
SS diaphragm seal is non-clogging and damage resistant to floating solids.
The PBLT2 incorporates lightning and surge protection utilizing dual arrestor
technology, grounded to case, eliminating both power supply surges and lightning
ground strike transients (surge protection is not guaranteed and is not covered by
warranty).
Units come equipped with a 270-pound tensile strength shielded and vented cable.
Ventilation tube in the cable automatically compensates for changes in atmospheric
pressure above the tank. The vent is protected with a maintenance free filter
eliminating particulate or water droplets from entering the transducers.
FEATURES
• Excellent chemical compatibility with 316 construction and ETFE cable
• Lightning and surge protection on PBLT2 models
• Maintenance free vent filter
• Large diameter, non-clogging, damage resistant, 316 SS diaphragm seal
OPTIONS
Custom ranges or Cable Lengths
ACCESSORIES
A-297, Dessicant Filter for vent tube. Removes humidity for protection
of the sensor. Changes color to show saturation
A-625, 316 SS Cable Hanger use with NPT option for attaching chain
for easy pulling out of application
Series
SBLT2
7-63/64 [202.80]
Ø1-1/2 1/2 NPT
[Ø38.10]
ø1/4 [ø6.35]
x THRU
ON A
ø1-39/64
[ø40.88] B.C.
SUBMERSIBLE
CABLE
BREATHER
TUBE
2-3/16
[55.56]
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS, 316L
SS, epoxy, cable: ETFE or
polyurethane.
Accuracy: ±0.25% full-scale
(includes linearity, hysteresis, and
repeatability).
Temperature Limit: 0 to 200˚F (-18
to 93°C).
Compensated Temperature
Range: 0 to 180°F (-18 to 82°C).
Thermal Effect: ±0.02% FS/°F.
Pressure Limit: 2X full-scale.
Power Requirement: 13 to 30
VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC, two
wire.
Response Time: 50 ms.
Loop Resistance: 900 Ω.
Electrical Connection: Wire pigtail.
Mounting Orientation: Suspended
in tank below level being measured.
Weight: 4.3 lb (2.0 kg).
Electrical Protection: Lightning
and surge protection.
Range psi
Cable Length
Model
(ft w.c.) [m w.c.] ft (m)
PBLT2-5-40
5 (11.54) [3.52]
40 (12.2)
PBLT2-10-40
10 (23.09) [7.04] 40 (12.2)
PBLT2-15-60
15 (34.63) [10.56] 60 (18.3)
PBLT2-20-60
20 (46.18) [14.08] 60 (18.3)
PBLT2-5-40-PU
5 (11.54) [3.52]
40 (12.2)
PBLT2-10-40-PU
10 (23.09) [7.04] 40 (12.2)
PBLT2-15-60-PU
15 ( 34.63) [10.56] 60 (18.3)
PBLT2-20-60-PU
20 (46.18) [14.08] 60 (18.3)
PBLT2-3.5M-5M-PU 4.97 (11.48) [3.5] 16.40 (5)
PBLT2-5M-10M-PU 14.21 (32.81) [10] 32.81 (10)
PBLT2-10M-18M-PU 25.58 (59.06) [18] 59.06 (18)
Cable Type
ETFE
ETFE
ETFE
ETFE
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Submersible Level Transmitters
Perfect for Cooling Towers and Storm Water Collection
6-45/64 [170.26]
1/2 NPT
SUBMERSIBLE
CABLE
Ø1 [Ø25.40]
LEVEL
BREATHER TUBE
SBLT2 Submersible Level Transmitters are manufactured for years of trouble
free service in the harshest applications. Both measure the height of liquid above the
position in the tank referenced to atmospheric pressure. The transmitters consist of
a piezoresistive sensing element, encased in a 316 SS housing. Bullet nose design
protects the diaphragm from damage.
The SBLT2 incorporates lightning and surge protection utilizing dual arrestor
technology, grounded to case, eliminating both power supply surges and lightning
ground strike transients (surge protection is not guaranteed and is not covered by
warranty).
Units come equipped with a 270-pound tensile strength shielded and vented cable.
Ventilation tube in the cable automatically compensates for changes in atmospheric
pressure above the tank. The vent is protected with a maintenance free filter
eliminating particulate or water droplets from entering the transducers.
FEATURES
• Excellent chemical compatibility
• Lightning and surge protection on SBLT2 models
• Maintenance free vent filter
• Slim design for tight applications
OPTIONS
Custom ranges or Cable Lengths
ACCESSORIES
A-297, Dessicant Filter for vent tube. Removes humidity for protection
of the sensor. Changes color to show saturation
A-625, 316 SS Cable Hanger use with NPT option for attaching chain
for easy pulling out of application
52
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
SPECIFICATIONS
Service: Compatible liquids.
Wetted Materials: 316 SS, 316L
SS, epoxy; Cable: Polyurethane or
ETFE; Bullet nose: PVC.
Accuracy: ±0.25% of full-scale.
Temperature Limit: 0 to 150°F (-18
to 66°C).
Compensated Temperature
Range: 0 to 140°F (-18 to 60°C).
Thermal Effect: ±0.02% fullscale/°F.
Pressure Limit: 2X full-scale.
Power Requirement: 13 to 30
VDC.
Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA DC, 2wire.
Response Time: 50 ms.
Max. Loop Resistance: 900 Ω at
30 VDC.
Electrical Connections: Wire
pigtail.
Mounting Orientation: Suspended
in tank below level being measured.
Weight: 2.2 lb (1.0 kg).
Electrical Protection: Lightning
and surge protection.
Range psi
Cable Length
Model
(ft w.c.) [m w.c.] ft (m)
SBLT2-5-40-ETFE 5 (11.54) [3.52] 40 (12.2)
SBLT2-10-40-ETFE 10 (23.09) [7.04] 40 (12.2)
SBLT2-15-60-ETFE 15 (34.63) [10.56] 60 (18.3)
SBLT2-20-60-ETFE 20 (46.18) [14.08] 60 (18.3)
SBLT2-5-40
5 (11.54) [3.52] 40 (12.2)
SBLT2-10-40
10 (23.09) [7.04] 40 (12.2)
SBLT2-15-60
15 (34.63) [10.56] 60 (18.3)
SBLT2-20-60
20 (46.18) [14.08] 60 (18.3)
SBLT2-3.5M-5M
4.97 (11.48) [3.5] 16.40 (5)
SBLT2-5M-10M
14.21 (32.81) [10] 32.81 (10)
SBLT2-10M-18M 25.58 (59.06) [18] 59.06 (18)
Cable Type
ETFE
ETFE
ETFE
ETFE
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
Polyurethane
053_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:51 AM Page 1
Series
SPPM
Smart Programmable Panel Meter
Fully Field Configurable, 16-Bit Color Touch Screen Display
RoHS
1/2 [12.45]
3 [76.45]
2-3/8
[60.44]
1-29/32
[48.26]
15/16
[23.62]
SMART PROGRAMMABLE PANEL METER
(COUNTRY OF ORIGIN)
DATE CODE
9/32
[7.11]
1/16
[1.52]
21/32
[16.51]
23/32
[18.29]
1-11/16
[42.55]
SPPM-24 and SPPM-24-C
19/32 [15.19]
3-17/32
[89.51]
3-1/2
[89.10]
2-9/32
[57.60]
1/4
[6.71]
29/32 [23.40]
19/32
[15.20]
1-11/16
[43.22]
2-1/4
[56.80]
5/32 [3.90]
2-1/8
[53.81]
3/16
[5.07]
3/8 [9.80]
3/4
[19.06]
9/16
1-3/8
[14.00]
5/16 [35.12]
[7.70]
3-5/16
[84.10]
1/16
[1.90]
11/16
[17.80]
SPPM-28 and SPPM-28-C
5/8
[16.16]
3-25/32
[96.00]
3-1/2
[88.85]
3-3/32
[78.50]
35
29/32
[23.30]
27/32
[21.26]
2-5/32
[55.01]
31/32
[24.81]
3/32
[2.70] 23/32
[17.95]
SPPM-35 and SPPM-35-C
The Series SPPM Smart Programmable Panel Meter is a configurable, full-color
touch-screen display that can be used in a variety of applications. Utilizing a USB connection,
the panel meter can be configured with downloadable software, using any computer running
Windows® based software. Available with either a 2.4˝, 2.8˝ or 3.5˝ screen that features
remarkable graphics that can easily be customized to read and/or graph pressure,
temperature, humidity, gas concentration, or many other parameters. Up to two transmitters
or transducers can feed the panel meter’s user scalable inputs (voltage models only).
Description
Model
SPPM-24 Smart Programmable Panel Meter with 2.4˝ display
SPPM-28 Smart Programmable Panel Meter with 2.8˝ display
SPPM-35 Smart Programmable Panel Meter with 3.5˝ display
SPPM-24-C Smart Programmable Panel Meter with 2.4˝ display
SPPM-28-C Smart Programmable Panel Meter with 2.8˝ display
SPPM-35-C Smart Programmable Panel Meter with 3.5˝ display
ACCESSORIES
A-SPPM-TC, Thermocouple Input Board
SPPM-CA, Mini USB to full USB cable
SPPM-HSG24, 2.4˝ Display Housing
SPPM-HSG28, 2.8˝ Display Housing
Additional configurations available via online software.
Input
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Current
Current
Current
SPECIFICATIONS
Inputs: Current: 0 to 50 mA, scalable (factory set from 4 to 20 mA);
Voltage: 0 to 40 VDC, scalable (factory set from 0 to 10 V).
Accuracy: 0.1%.
Resolution: 0.3 to 9.8 mV (depending on input range).
Power Supply: 4 to 30 VDC max or via USB.
Current Consumption: 190 mA max.
Display: 2.4˝, 2.8˝ or 3.5˝ TFT full color touch screen.
Display Resolution: 320 x 240 pixels.
Sampling Rate: 3 samples/s.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C).
Warm Up: 30 s.
Mounting: Panel mount.
Electrical Connection: Screw terminals, pin connection, or USB.
Software Requirements: Compatible with Windows® XP, Windows®
2000, Windows® 7 and Windows Vista®.
Weight: 2.8 oz (79.4 g).
Approvals: CE, RoHS.
Sample Programmable Display Configurations
ELECTRICAL
Windows® and Windows Vista® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
53
054_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:52 AM Page 1
Series
DPMA
LCD Digital Panel Meters
1/8 DIN, Loop Powered, Large 3-1/2 Digit Display
RoHS
P Models
V
A
KW
PF
3-25/32
[96]
°F
°C
PSI
%
1-1/8
[28.5]
1-57/64
[48]
13/64
[5]
1-49/64
PANEL CUTOUT
FOR SNAP IN MOUNTING [45]
Series DPMA Adjustable lCD Digital Panel Meter offers a 3-1/2 digit display
for easy viewing in a standard 1/8 DIN package. Unit accepts 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 5 VDC,
or 0 to 10 VDC inputs with a wide bipolar span and zero adjustment. Standard
features include field selectable engineering units and decimal point positions.
Choose from red, amber, or green segments for easy viewing at a distance. A 24 VDC
power supply is required for the operation of the backlight.
Model
DPMA-401
DPMA-402
DPMA-404
DPMA-501
DPMA-502
DPMA-504
DPMA-401P
DPMA-402P
DPMA-404P
DPMA-501P
DPMA-502P
DPMA-504P
Input
Current
Current
Current
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Current
Current
Current
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Segments
Amber Segments
Red Segments
Green Segments
Amber Segments
Red Segments
Green Segments
Amber Segments
Red Segments
Green Segments
Amber Segments
Red Segments
Green Segments
Engineering Units
°F, °C, %, PSI
V, A, KW, PF
ACCESSORIES
DPM-12P, Regulated 120 VAC to 12 VDC Power Supply
DPM-24P, Regulated 120 VAC to 24 VDC Power Supply
Series
DPMl
1-59/64
[49]
63/64
[25]
3-15/32
[88] REAR HOUSING
3-5/8
[92]
15/32
[12]
5/64
[1.9]
MOUNTING BRACKET
OUTLINE REAR VIEW
4-29/64
[113]
(R.010 MAX)
4 PLCS [.25 mm]
SPECIFICAtIOnS
Input: DPMA-4XX(P): 4 to 20 mA;
DPMA-5XX(P): 0 to 200 mVDC, 0 to
5 VDC or 0 to 10 VDC.
Input Impedance: DPMA-4XX(P):
300Ω nominal; DPMA-5XX(P):
390KΩ nominal.
Accuracy: ±(0.05% FS + 1 count).
Power Supply: DPMA-4XX(P):
Powered by control loop; DPMA5XX(P): 12 VDC or 24 VDC.
Backlight Power Supply: 24 VDC
@ 35 mA typical.
Span and Zero: Adjustable. (±1999
counts).
Display: 3-1/2 digits, 7 segments,
1˝ (25.4 mm) H.
Decimal Points: 3-position, user
selectable.
Engineering Units: DPMA-XXX: °F,
°C, %, psi; DPMA-XXXP: V, A, KW,
PF.
Polarity: Automatic, “-” displayed.
Operating temperature: 32 to
122°F (0 to 50°C).
Storage temperature: -4 to 158°F
(-20 to 70°C).
Mounting: Snap-in panel mount or
clamp (gasket included).
Connection: Screw terminals.
Conversion Rate: 3 per second.
Warm-Up: 10 minutes typical.
Weight: 4 oz (113.4 g).
Agency Approvals: RoHS.
APPlICAtIOnS
Used to display process values from pressure, humidity, temperature, voltage,
current, watt, or power factor transmitters.
LCD Digital Panel Meters
4-1/2 Digit LCD, Selectable Engineering Units, Panel Mount
P Models
V
A
KW
PF
2-35/64
[64.5]
°F
°C
PSI
%
1-9/64
[29]
2-13/32
[61]
ELECTRICAL
the Series DPMl lCD Digital Panel Meter offers a large 4-1/2 digit LCD display
with a choice of red, amber or green segments for easy viewing at a distance. The
meter accepts loop powered 4 to 20 mA DC input, 0 to 5 VDC, or 0 to 10 VDC voltage
input. Standard features include field-selectable engineering units and decimal point
positions. A 24 VDC power supply is required for the operation of the back light.
Input
Current
Current
Current
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Current
Current
Current
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Segments
Amber Segments
Green Segments
Red Segments
Amber Segments
Green Segments
Red Segments
Amber Segments
Green Segments
Red Segments
Amber Segments
Green Segments
Red Segments
Engineering Units
°F, °C, %, PSI
V, A, KW, PF
ACCESSORIES
DPM-12P, Regulated 120 VAC to 12 VDC Power Supply
DPM-24P, Regulated 120 VAC to 24 VDC Power Supply
54
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
RoHS
1/8
[3]
63/64
[25.1]
1
PANEL CUTOUT FOR
WINDOW MOUNTING [25.4]
2.390 REAR HOUSING
[60.6]
Model
DPMl-401
DPMl-402
DPMl-403
DPMl-501
DPMl-502
DPMl-503
DPMl-401P
DPMl-402P
DPMl-403P
DPMl-501P
DPMl-502P
DPMl-503P
1-59/64
[49]
SPECIFICAtIOnS
Input: DPML-4XX(P): 4 to 20 mA;
DPML-5XX(P): 0 to 200 mVDC, 0 to
5 VDC, or 0 to 10 VDC.
Input Impedance: DPML-4XX(P):
300Ω nominal; DPML-5XX(P): 390Ω
nominal.
Accuracy: ±(0.1% FS + 2 count).
Power Supply: DPML-4XX(P):
Powered by control loop; DPML5XX(P): 12 VDC or 24 VDC.
Backlight Power Supply: 24 VDC
@ 35 mA typical.
Span and Zero: Adjustable (±19999
counts).
Display: 4-1/2 digits, 7 segments,
0.45˝ (11.4 mm) H.
1-5/8
[41.1]
Decimal Points: 4-position, user
selectable.
Engineering Units: DPML-XXX: °F,
°C, %, psi; DPML-XXXP: V, A, KW,
PF.
Polarity: Automatic, “-” displayed.
Operating temperature: 32 to
122°F (0 to 50°C).
Storage temperature: -4 to 158°F
(-20 to 70°C).
Mounting: Snap-in bezel mount.
Connection: Screw terminals.
Conversion Rate: 3 per second.
Warm-Up: 10 minutes typical.
Weight: 2 oz (56.7 g).
Agency Approvals: RoHS.
APPlICAtIOnS
Used to display process values from pressure, humidity, temperature, voltage,
current, watt, or power factor transmitters.
055_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:52 AM Page 1
Series
DPMP
LCD Digital Panel Meters
3-1/2 Digit, User Selectable Engineering Units, Panel Mount
P Models
V
A
KW
PF
2-35/64
[64.5]
°F
°C
PSI
%
1-9/64
[29]
1/8
[3]
2-13/32
[61]
Model
DPMP-401
DPMP-402
DPMP-403
DPMP-501
DPMP-502
DPMP-503
DPMP-401P
DPMP-402P
DPMP-403P
DPMP-501P
DPMP-502P
DPMP-503P
Input
Current
Current
Current
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Current
Current
Current
Voltage
Voltage
Voltage
Segments
Amber Segments
Green Segments
Red Segments
Amber Segments
Green Segments
Red Segments
Amber Segments
Green Segments
Red Segments
Amber Segments
Green Segments
Red Segments
Series
DPMW
Engineering Units
°F, °C, %, PSI
V, A, KW, PF
63/64
[25.1]
PANEL CUTOUT FOR
1
WINDOW MOUNTING [25.4]
1-5/8
[41.1]
2.390 REAR HOUSING
[60.6]
The Series DPMP LCD Digital Process Meter provides easy viewing on the 31/2 digit LCD display. The display segments are available in a choice of amber, black,
red or green. The meter features user-selectable engineering units, adjustable span
and zero and field-selectable decimal point position. The snap-in bezel mount
eliminates mounting hardware for quick installation. A 24 VDC power supply is
required for the operation of the backlight.
RoHS
SPECIFICATIONS
Input: DPMP-4XX(P): 4 to 20 mA;
DPMP-5XX(P): 0 to 200 mVDC, 0 to
5 VDC, or 0 to 10 VDC.
Input Impedance: DPMP-4XX(P):
300Ω nominal; DPMP-5XX(P): 390Ω
nominal.
Accuracy: ±(0.1% FS + 2 count).
Power Supply: DPMP-4XX(P):
Powered by control loop; DPMP5XX(P): 12 VDC or 24 VDC.
Backlight Power Supply: 24 VDC
@ 35 mA typical.
Span and Zero: Adjustable (±1999
Counts).
Display: 3-1/2 digits, 7 segments,
0.45˝ (11.4 mm) H.
Decimal Points: 3-position, user
selectable.
Engineering Units: DPMP-XXX: °F,
°C, %, psi; DPMP-XXXP: V, A, KW,
PF.
Polarity: Automatic, “-” displayed.
Operating Temperature: 32 to
122°F (0 to 50°C).
Storage Temperature: -4 to 158°F
(-20 to 70°C).
Mounting: Snap-in bezel mount.
Connection: Screw terminals.
Conversion Rate: 3 per second.
Warm-Up: 10 minutes typical.
Weight: 2 oz (56.7 g).
Agency Approvals: RoHS.
ACCESSORIES
DPM-12P, Regulated 120 VAC to 12 VDC Power Supply
DPM-24P, Regulated 120 VAC to 24 VDC Power Supply
LCD Digital Panel Meters
3-1/2 Digits, Window Mount
17/64
[6.9]
RoHS
P Models
V
A
KW
PF
2-3/8
[60.5]
°F
°C
PSI
%
[Ø.140]
[Ø3.6 mm]
2 PLCS
The Series DPMW LCD Digital Panel Meter is designed with a 3-1/2 digit, highcontrast LCD display. The colored segments are available in red, amber, or green ideal for viewing at a distance. The Series DPMW features user selectable
engineering units, selectable decimal point position and adjustable span and zero.
The meter accepts a 4 to 20 mA input signal from pressure, level, flow, temperature,
voltage, current, watt, or power factor transmitters. A 24 VDC power supply is
required to illuminate the colored segments. The Series DPMW can be quickly
installed in a window cutout.
Segments
Amber Segments
Green Segments
Red Segments
Amber Segments
Green Segments
Red Segments
Engineering Units
°F, °C, %, PSI
V, A, KW, PF
ACCESSORY
DPM-24P, Regulated 120 VAC to 24 VDC Power Supply
1/8
[3]
2-5/16
[58.7]
PANEL CUTOUT FOR
WINDOW MOUNTING
63/64
[25.1]
29/32
[23.1]
13/32
[10.2]
1-9/16
[39.7]
SPECIFICATIONS
Input: 4 to 20 mA.
Input Impedance: 300Ω nominal.
Accuracy: ±(0.1% FS + 2 count).
Power Supply: Powered by control loop.
Backlight Power Supply: 24 VDC @ 35 mA typical.
Span and Zero: Adjustable. (± 1999).
Display: 3-1/2 digits, 7 segments, 0.45˝ (11.4 mm) H.
Decimal Points: 3-position, user selectable.
Engineering Units:
DPMW-XXX: °F, °C, %, psi;
DPMW-XXXP: V, A, KW, PF.
Polarity: Automatic, “-” displayed.
Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C).
Storage Temperature: -4 to 158°F (-20 to 70°C).
Mounting: Window mount.
Connection: Screw terminals.
Conversion Rate: 3 per second.
Warm-Up: 10 minutes typical.
Weight: 2 oz (56.7 g).
Agency Approvals: RoHS.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
ELECTRICAL
Model
DPMW-401
DPMW-402
DPMW-403
DPMW-401P
DPMW-402P
DPMW-403P
1/8
[3]
55
056_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:54 AM Page 1
Series
DPMX
Extra Large Digital Panel Meter
3-1/2 Digit LED Display, 2.3” Segment Height, Process Inputs
1-31/32 [50.04]
10-19/32 [269.24]
10-19/32 [261.11]
4
[101.60] 4-5/32
[105.66]
2-43/64
3-7/64 [67.87]
[78.99]
29/32
[22.86]
The Series DPMX Digital Panel Meter can easily be viewed from across a room
or in dark areas. The 2.3˝ LED segments are available in red, green, or blue. These
panel meters come equipped with a universal power supply and user selectable
process inputs to fit most applications. The Series DPMX includes a mounting
bracket that can be adjusted up to 180°.
FEATURES
• Large display
• Inputs for most processes
• Protective metal casing
Model
DPMX-1
DPMX-2
DPMX-3
DPMX-1-LV
DPMX-2-LV
DPMX-3-LV
Segments
Blue
Green
Red
Blue
Green
Red
Power Supply
90 to 250 VAC
90 to 250 VAC
90 to 250 VAC
10.5 to 30 VAC/VDC
10.5 to 30 VAC/VDC
10.5 to 30 VAC/VDC
Model
DPMF
SPECIFICATIONS
Inputs:
Set voltage: ±200 mVDC, ±2 VDC, ±20 VDC;
Adjustable voltage: 200 mVDC, 5 VDC, 10 VDC;
Adjustable current: 0(4) to 20 mA DC.
Input Impedance:
Set voltage: >1 MΩ (>10 MΩ on 200 mV range);
Adjustable voltage: 392 kΩ;
Adjustable current: 300Ω nominal.
Accuracy: ±(1% F.S. + 1 count).
Power Supply: 90 to 250 VAC @ 12 VA or 10.5 to 30 VAC/DC @ 6VA
(depending on model).
Display: 3-1/2 digits, 2.3˝ H, 7 segment LED.
Sampling Rate: 3 readings per second.
Operating Temperature: 14 to 122°F (-10 to 50°C).
Storage Range: -40 to 167°F (-40 to 75°C).
Warm Up: 10 minutes.
Mounting: 180° gimbal mounting with 30° stops or bezel mount.
Flush Mount LCD Digital Panel Meter
3-1/2 Digit LCD, Surface Mount
RoHS
2-3/8
[59.94]
1-1/8
[29.03]
1
[25.40]
2-3/16
[55.56]
1/4
[6.35]
Ø1/8
[Ø2.5]
ELECTRICAL
7/8
[21.77]
The Model DPMF Flush Mount LCD Digital Panel Meter offers high
performance and low cost in a compact package. This meter is designed with a 3-1/2
digit, high contrast LCD display. The unit is powered by a 4 to 20 mA DC control loop
input. Standard features include adjustable span and zero, and field-selectable
decimal point position. The flat pack of the panel meter allows for the instrument to
be mounted to any flat surface.
Model DPMF, Flush Mount LCD Digital Panel Meter
56
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
SPECIFICATIONS
Input: 4 to 20 mA DC.
Input Impedance: 300 Ω nominal.
Accuracy: ±(0.1% FS + 2 count).
Power Supply: Powered by control loop.
Span and Zero: Adjustable (±1999 counts).
Display: 3-1/2 digits, 7 segments, 0.5˝ (12 mm) H.
Decimal Points: 3-position, user selectable.
Polarity: Automatic, “-” displayed.
Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C).
Storage Temperature: -4 to 158°F (-20 to 70°C).
Mounting: Surface mount.
Connection: Screw terminals.
Conversion Rate: 3 per second.
Warm-Up: 10 minutes typical.
Weight: 1.2 oz (34.5 g).
Agency Approvals: RoHS.
057_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:54 AM Page 1
Series
CCS
Current Switches
Solid or Split Core, LED Visual Confirmation, Fixed or Adjustable Set Point
2-29/32
[74.00]
63/64
[25.00]
33/64
[13.00]
1-9/64
[29.00]
55/64
[22.00]
2-31/64
[63.00]
Ø3/4
[Ø19.00]
33/64
[13.00]
2-7/16
[62.00]
Model
CCS-121050
CCS-111100
CCS-221100
CCS-211150
CCS-131100
CCS-231150
Case
Solid core
Solid core
Split core
Split core
Solid core
Split core
Set Point
Fixed
Adjustable
Fixed
Adjustable
Adjustable
Adjustable
Minimum
Set Point
0.50
1.00
1.00
1.50
1.00
1.50
Series
MCS
Dry Contact
Output
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
LED
Red
Red/Green
Red
Red/Green
Red/Green
Red/Green
2X
Ø13/64
[Ø5.00]
43/64
[17.00]
2-3/4
[70.00]
19/32
[15.00]
2-33/64
[64.00]
55/64
[22.00]
55/64
[22.00]
3-1/2
[89.00]
Solid Models
The Series CCS Current Switches are ideal for monitoring the operating status
of fans, pumps, and motors. These self-powered switches can be hung or tied directly
to cables or wires. For use on existing installations, split core models can be installed
without disconnecting cables. LED indicators provide a visual confirmation that the
current is flowing through the core. Both fixed and adjustable set points are available.
The adjustable models utilize a potentiometer to easily adjust the set point.
3-1/2
[89.00]
2X Ø13/64
[Ø5.00]
1-17/64
45/64
[32.00]
[18.00]
Split Models
4-1/64
[102.00]
SPECIFICATIONS
Amperage Range: 0 to 200 A AC.
Maximum Switch Rating:
For dry contact models: 0.3 A @ 135 VAC/DC;
For non-dry contact models: 1 A @ 240 VAC.
Power Requirements: None, self-powered.
Temperature Limits: -22 to 158°F (-30 to 70°C).
Humidity Limits: 0 to 95% (non-condensing).
Isolation Voltage: 2000 V.
Frequency: 40 to 400 Hz.
Enclosure Rating: UL, 94 V-O flammability rated, ABS plastic housing.
Approvals: CE, cUL, UL.
Miniature Current Switch
RoHS
Low Cost, Solid or No Core, LED Confirmation, Adjustable Set Point
63/64˝
[25.15]
Ø5/32˝
[Ø3.94]
1-21/32˝
[42.25]
1/8˝
[3.18]
2-1/32˝
[51.73]
2-31/64˝
[63.03]
Solid Core
No Core
Minimum
Set Point Set Point
Case
Model
Adjustable 0.50
MCS-111050 Solid Core
Adjustable 0.01
MCS-111001 No Core
(Terminal Connection)
LED
Red/Green
Red/Green
SPECIFICATIONS
Amperage Range:
MCS-111050: 0.5 to 50A
continuous;
MCS-111001: 0.01 to 1A
continuous.
Output Rating: Isolated, N.O. 0.3 A
@ 130 V DC/AC.
Power Requirements: None, selfpowered.
Hysteresis: 1%.
No Core
Response Time: <200 ms.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 122°F (0
to 50°C).
Humidity Limits: 10 to 95% RH
(non-condensing).
Enclosure Rating: UL 94V-0
flammability rated ABS, insulation
class 600 V.
Weight: 0.5 oz (14.5 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, RoHS, UL.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
57
ELECTRICAL
The Series MCS Miniature Current Switches are ideal for monitoring the
current usage in fuse boxes and small control panels. Both models have adjustable
set points and LED indication to show there is power to the unit and when the switch
activates. Set points can be adjusted using the potentiometer next to the LED’s.
Due to the size of the switch, it is only offered in solid core and no core versions. The
no core version has terminal blocks which can accept currents up to 1A directly into
the unit.
Solid Core
058_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:54 AM Page 1
Series
SCS
Current Switches
Optional Relay Output, Solid or Split Core Case
1-27/32
[47.0]
RoHS
1-9/16
[39.6]
63/64
[24.9]
2-9/16
[65.0]
2-35/64
[64.5]
2-35/64
[64.5]
1-5/64
[27.4]
Models
SCS-111100 AND SCS-120025
2-9/16
1-1/16
[65.0]
[26.9]
1-5/64
[27.4]
Model
SCS-111100-R
1-1/16
2-9/16
[26.9]
[65.0]
2-45/64
[68.6]
2-45/64
[68.6]
Models
Models
SCS-220015, SCS-220150, AND SCS-211125 SCS-220150-R AND SCS-211125-R
The Series SCS Low Cost Current Switches are ideal for monitoring whether
SPECIFICATIONS
fans, pumps, or motors are operating. The current flowing through the core of the
Output: Isolated, 1A @ 30 VAC/DC max, NO.
device powers the circuit without an external power supply. All models have a built
External Relay: SPST N.O., 10A at 260 VAC (5A at 30 VDC).
in solid state output and are easy to install. Optional LED’s and 10 Amp relay modules
Power Requirements: None, self-powered.
are available. The Series SCS is available in both split and solid core configurations.
Temperature Limits: 5 to 140°F (-15 to 60°C).
Isolation Voltage: 600 VAC RMS.
Snap-on
Amperage
Switch
Frequency: 50/60 Hz.
Case Range
Relay
Model
Set Point Mode
Enclosure Rating: UL, 94 V-O flammability rated, ABS plastic housing.
Solid .25 to 200 A 0.25 Fixed Under
No
SCS-120025
Agency Approvals: CE, RoHS, cUL, UL.
Solid 1 to 135 A
No
SCS-111100
Adjustable Over/Under
SCS-111100-R
SCS-220015
SCS-220150
SCS-211125
SCS-220150-R
SCS-211125-R
Solid
Split
Split
Split
Split
Split
1 to 135 A
.15 to 200 A
1.5 to 200 A
1.25 to 135 A
1.5 to 200 A
1.25 to 135 A
Adjustable
0.15 Fixed
1.5 Fixed
Adjustable
1.5 Fixed
Adjustable
Over/Under
Under
Under
Over/Under
Under
Over/Under
Series
SCT
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Current Transformer
Optional Auxillary, Relay Output, Split Core
RoHS
1-1/16
[26.9]
2-9/16
[65.0]
3/8
[9.6]
3BYE
IND. CONT. CO.
Class 2
C223444
(800) 872-9141
www.dwyer-inst.com
Isolation 600 VAC (UL)
300 VAC (CE)
Read instructions
before installing
Model SCT10-100
Analog Current Transducer
2-45/64
[68.6]
13/64
[5.3]
2-9/16
[65.0]
2-45/64
[68.6]
3-1/4
[82.4]
Mounting Bracket
43/64
[17]
Snap On Relay
ELECTRICAL
The Series SCT Current Transformers continuously measure the current
consumption of pumps, fans, boilers, solar panels and chillers for use in energy
monitoring. Current or voltage outputs can be scaled using a slider switch to select
between three factory set ranges. Split core configuration allows the current transformer
to be installed on new and existing installations. Snap-on mounting bracket allows for
quick installation of replacement transformers. An optional 10 A command relay can
snap onto the current switch, which eliminates the need to mount an additional relay.
ACCESSORIES
SCT-RLY-12, 12 VAC Trigger Voltage Relay Module
SCT-RLY-24, 24 VAC Trigger Voltage Relay Module
Model
SCT10-100
SCT10-102
SCT20-103
58
Range
30/60/120 A
30/60/120 A
20/100/150 A
Output
4 to 20 mA
0 to 5 VDC
0 to 10 VDC
Power
Requirements
24 VDC
Self-powered
Self-powered
Max. Continuous
Operating Current
120 A
120 A
150 A
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
SPECIFICATIONS
Amperage Range: 30/60/120 A or 20/100/150 A (depending on model).
Continuous Operating Current: 120 A or 150 A (depending on model).
Output: 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 5 VDC, 0 to 10 VDC (depending on model).
Optional relay NO SPST; 10 A @ 260 VAC, 5 A @ 30 VDC.
Power Requirements: Self-powered or 24 VDC (depending on model).
Accuracy: ±2% from 10 to 100% of selected range.
Temperature Limits: 5 to 140°F (-15 to 60°C).
Humidity Limits: 0 to 95% non-condensing.
Response Time: 2 s.
Isolation Voltage: 600 VAC RMS.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz.
Enclosure Rating: UL, V-O flammability rated, type 66 nylon.
Agency Approvals: CE, RoHS, cUL, UL.
059_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:55 AM Page 1
Series
CCT40/50
Current Transformers
Solid or Split Core, Field Selectable Range
2-29/32
[74.00]
45/64
[18.00]
63/64
[25.00]
33/64
[13.00]
2-31/64
[63.00]
Ø3/4
[Ø19.00]
1-9/64
[29.00]
55/64
[22.00]
3-1/2
[89.00]
2X Ø13/64
[Ø5.00]
33/64
[13.00]
2-7/16
[62.00]
1-17/64
[32.00]
55/64
[22.00]
Solid Models
Range
Model
CCT40-202 10/20/50 A
CCT50-202 100/150/200 A
CCT40-102 10/20/50 A
CCT50-102 100/150/200 A
CCT40-203 10/20/50 A
CCT50-203 100/150/200 A
CCT40-200 10/20/50 A
CCT50-200 100/150/200 A
CCT40-100 10/20/50 A
CCT50-100 100/150/200 A
Output
0 to 5 V
0 to 5 V
0 to 5 V
0 to 5 V
0 to 10 V
0 to 10 V
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
Power Requirements
Self Powered
Self Powered
Self Powered
Self Powered
Self Powered
Self Powered
15 to 42 VDC, Loop Powered
15 to 42 VDC, Loop Powered
15 to 42 VDC, Loop Powered
15 to 42 VDC, Loop Powered
Series
CCT60/70
Case
Solid core
Solid core
Split core
Split core
Solid core
Solid core
Solid core
Solid core
Split core
Split core
43/64
[17.00]
2-33/64
[64.00]
55/64
[22.00]
3-1/2
[89.00]
The Series CCT40/50 Current Transformers are a low cost alternative for
measuring power and monitoring the operation of fans, pumps, or other equipment.
For use on existing installations, split core models can be installed without
disconnecting cables. Each model offers three jumper selectable ranges and a choice
of three different outputs.
2-3/4
[70.00]
19/32
[15.00]
2X
Ø13/64
[Ø5.00]
Split Models
4-1/64
[102.00]
SPECIFICATIONS
Amperage Range: Field selectable; up to 200 A (depending on
model).
Output: 0 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, or 4 to 20 mA (depending on model).
Power Requirements: Self powered or 15 to 42 VDC loop powered
(depending on model).
Accuracy: 1%.
Temperature Limits: -22 to 158ºF (-30 to 70ºC).
Humidity Limits: 0 to 95% (non-condensing).
Response Time: 250 ms to 90%.
Isolation Voltage: 2000 V.
Frequency: 10 to 400 Hz.
Enclosure Rating: UL, 94 V-O flammability rated, ABS plastic
housing.
Approvals: CE, cUL, UL.
True RMS Current Transformers
Solid or Split Core, Field Selectable Range
2-29/32
[74.00]
45/64
[18.00]
63/64
[25.00]
33/64
[13.00]
2-31/64
[63.00]
Ø3/4
[Ø19.00]
1-9/64
[29.00]
55/64
[22.00]
3-1/2
[89.00]
Solid Models
Model
CCT60-200
CCT70-200
CCT60-100
CCT70-100
Range
10/20/50 A
100/150/200 A
10/20/50 A
100/150/200 A
Case
Solid core
Solid core
Split core
Split core
33/64
[13.00]
2-7/16
[62.00]
1-17/64
[32.00]
2-3/4
[70.00]
19/32
[15.00]
2X
Ø13/64
[Ø5.00]
43/64
[17.00]
2-33/64
[64.00]
55/64
[22.00]
55/64
[22.00]
Split Models
4-1/64
[102.00]
SPECIFICATIONS
Amperage Range: Up to 200 A (depending on model).
Output: 4 to 20 mA, true RMS.
Power Requirements: 24 VDC nominal.
Accuracy: 1%.
Temperature Limits: -22 to 158ºF (-30 to 70ºC).
Humidity Limits: 0 to 95% (non-condensing).
Response Time: 250 ms to 90%.
Isolation Voltage: 2000 V.
Frequency: 10 to 400 Hz.
Enclosure Rating: UL, 94 V-O flammability rated, ABS plastic
housing.
Approvals: CE, cUL, UL.
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
ELECTRICAL
The Series CCT60/70 True RMS Current Transformers are a low cost
alternative for providing true RMS outputs on distorted AC waveforms. True RMS
outputs are ideal for nonlinear loads or noisy circuits. For existing installations, split
core models can be installed without disconnecting cables. Each model offers three
jumper selectable ranges to reduce the risk of ordering the wrong model.
3-1/2
[89.00]
2X Ø13/64
[Ø5.00]
59
060_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:55 AM Page 1
Model
BPS-005
Low Cost DC Power Supply
Regulated 0.5 A, 1 A Fuse Protection
RoHS
3
[76.20]
2-13/32
[61.19]
2-1/16
[52.28]
SNAPTRACK
The Model BPS-005 Low Cost DC Power Supply is a regulated .5 A power
supply that accepts 24 VAC input and provides an adjustable 1.5 to 29 VDC output.
Output voltage adjustments are made using the on-board potentiometer while
measuring the output with a multimeter. A compact snap track design allows the
power supply to be surface mounted within a panel.
Model BPS-005, Low Cost DC Power Supply
Model
BPS-015
SPECIFICATIONS
Input: 24 VAC/VDC 50/60 Hz.
Output: 24 VDC (full wave rectified
and regulated) adjustable 1.5 to 29
VDC, 0.5 A max.
Maximum Current Output: 0.5 A.
Over-Current Protection: 1 A fuse.
19/32
[14.97]
Operating Temperature: 32 to
130°F (0 to 55°C).
Humidity Limits: 95% (noncondensing).
Weight: 0.4 lb.
Agency Approval: RoHS.
Low Cost DC Power Supply
1.5A, Fuse Protection
1-15/16
[49.02]
11/16
[17.27]
4-1/16
[103.12]
2-19/64
[58.17]
SNAPTRACK
The Model BPS Building Automation Power Supply is used to convert 24
VAC to a regulated DC power source for transmitters with 4 to 20 mA outputs. The
output voltage can be field adjusted from 1.5V to 27V using a potentiometer. The 3A
fuse protects the power supply from over-current conditions. The snap-on bracket
can be quickly surface mounted to any flat surface.
Model BPS-015, Power Supply
Model
SCD-PS
SPECIFICATIONS
Input: 24 VAC/VDC 50/60 Hz.
Output: 24 VDC (full wave rectified
and regulated) adjustable 1.5 to 27
VDC.
Maximum Current Output: 1.5A
(de-rated to 400 mA for non-isolated
circuits).
Temperature Limits: 32 to 130°F (0
to 55°C).
Humidity
Limits: 95%
(noncondensing).
Weight: 0.4 lb.
DIN Rail Mount DC Power Supply
The Model SCD-PS DIN Rail DC Power Supply is a compact and economical
solution for providing DC power to any Dwyer pressure, humidity, temperature, level
or air velocity transmitters. Input voltage can range from 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
without any jumpers or dip switch selections. A plastic cover slides over the terminals
in order to prevent shock from accidental touching of high voltage wires.
ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
AC Input: 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
DC Output: 24 VDC (±3% VDC).
Maximum Current Output: 1 A.
Noise: Under 100 mVp-p typical at full load.
Temperature Limits: 32 to 131°F (0 to 55°C).
Weight: 5.6 oz (158 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL.
Model SCD-PS, DIN Rail DC Power Supply
60
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
061_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:56 AM Page 1
Series
APT
AC Power Transformers
RoHS
40 VA to 100 VA, Single or Dual Hub, Circuit Breaker, UL Class 2
A
C
Model
APT-40-0SN
APT-40-1SN
APT-40-1DN
APT-50-1SN
APT-50-1SB
APT-50-1DB
APT-75-1SB
APT-75-1DB
APT-100-1SB
APT-100-1DB
B
D
E
The Series APT AC Power Transformers provide isolated step-down to 24 VAC
with models offering VA ratings of 40, 50, 75, or 96 VA’s. These low-cost
transformers are offered in single or dual 1/2˝ NPT threaded hub mounts with 8/5˝
18 AWG wire leads, to meet the installation requirements of a variety of building
automation and control panel applications. All models are UL Class 2 listed.
Model
APT-40-0SN
APT-40-1SN
APT-40-1DN
APT-50-1SN
APT-50-1SB
APT-50-1DB
APT-75-1SB
APT-75-1DB
APT-100-1SB
APT-100-1DB
Rating
40 VA
40 VA
40 VA
50 VA
50 VA
50 VA
75 VA
75 VA
96 VA
96 VA
Input Voltage
24 VAC
120 VAC
120 VAC
120 VAC
120 VAC
120 VAC
120 VAC
120 VAC
120 VAC
120 VAC
Mounting
Foot Mount with Single Hub
Foot Mount with Single Hub
Foot Mount with Dual Hub
Foot Mount with Single Hub
Foot Mount with Single Hub
Foot Mount with Dual Hub
Foot Mount with Single Hub
Foot Mount with Dual Hub
Foot Mount with Single Hub
Foot Mount with Dual Hub
A in (mm)
1-61/64 (49.5)
1-61/64 (49.5)
1-61/64 (49.5)
1-13/16 (46.0)
1-13/16 (46.0)
1-13/16 (46.0)
2-13/64 (56.0)
2-13/64 (56.0)
2-13/32 (61.0)
2-13/32 (61.0)
B in (mm)
1-25/32 (45.2)
1-25/32 (45.2)
1-25/32 (45.2)
1-31/32 (50.2)
3-31/64 (88.5)
3-7/8 (98.5)
4-5/64 (103.5)
4-31/64 (88.5)
4-7/8 (98.5)
5-5/64 (103.5)
E in (mm)
2-7/8 (73.0)
2-7/8 (73.0)
2-7/8 (73.0)
3-1/32 (77.0)
3-1/32 (77.0)
3-1/32 (77.0)
3-1/32 (77.0)
3-1/32 (77.0)
3-1/32 (77.0)
3-1/32 (77.0)
Current Protection
Inherent
Inherent
Inherent
Internal Fuse
Button Circuit Breaker
Button Circuit Breaker
Button Circuit Breaker
Button Circuit Breaker
Button Circuit Breaker
Button Circuit Breaker
Wiring
Diagram B
Diagram A
Diagram A
Diagram A
Diagram A
Diagram A
Diagram A
Diagram A
Diagram A
Diagram A
Weight
1.96 lb
1.98 lb
2.03 lb
2.43 lb
2.77 lb
2.77 lb
3.53 lb
3.57 lb
3.97 lb
4.01 lb
Diagram B
RED
BROWN
24VAC
BLUE
BROWN
ELECTRICAL
120VAC
BLACK
D in (mm)
2-43/64 (68.0)
2-43/64 (68.0)
2-43/64 (68.0)
2-61/64 (75.0)
2-61/64 (75.0)
2-61/64 (75.0)
8-43/64 (68.0)
9-43/64 (68.0)
10-43/64 (68.0)
11-43/64 (68.0)
SPECIFICATIONS
Input Voltage: See table.
Input Frequency: 50/60 Hz.
Output Voltage: 24 VAC.
Output VA Rating: 40, 50, 75, or 96 VA.
Mounting: Slotted foot mount with single, or dual 1/2˝ NPT hub.
Current Protection: See table.
Electrical Connections: 8.5˝ (210 mm) 18 AWG leads.
Weight: See table.
Agency Approvals: CE, RoHS, cULus.
Diagram A
WHITE
C in (mm)
2-11/64 (55.0)
2-11/64 (55.0)
2-11/64 (55.0)
2-1/2 (63.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
2-1/2 (63.5)
24VAC
24VAC
RED
BLUE
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
61
062_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:56 AM Page 1
Series
AN2
Indicating Alarm Annunciator
Up to 8 Inputs, Integral Power Supply
37/64 [14.68]
3-9/16
[90.49]
3-29/32
[99.22]
4-5/32
[105.57]
3-1/2
[88.9]
4-7/32
[107.16]
1-31/32
[50]
2-7/32
[56.36]
The Series AN2 indicating Alarm Annunciator provides visible and audible
alarms for up to eight inputs. The annunciator also has two SPDT relay outputs that
can be used to initiate external alarms, buzzers, or paging devices. The Integral 24
VDC power supply can power most level, temperature, pressure, and flow switches.
Audible alarm conditions can be acknowledged, reset, or silenced either via the front
panel push buttons or the rear terminal block. The Series AN2 can be set to any
common ISA sequences including First-Out.
Model
AN24-1
AN24-2
AN28-1
AN28-2
Number of
Outputs
4
4
8
8
Power Supply
85 to 265 VAC
12 to 36 VDC
85 to 265 VAC
12 to 36 VDC
Series
SC4380
4
[101.6]
4-13/16
[22.24]
SPECiFiCATiONS
inputs: NO or NC switches, open
collector transistor (open circuit
voltage = 3.3 VDC); Logic levels: LO
= 0 to 0.9 VDC, HI = 2.4 to 28 VDC
(100 KΩ input impedance).
Outputs: Two SPDT relay (3 A @
250 VAC or 30 VDC, resistive; 1/14
HP @ 125/250 VAC, inductive).
Temperature Limits: -40 to 149°F
(-40 to 65°C).
Power Requirements: 85 to 265
VAC 50/60 Hz, 90 to 265 VDC; 12 to
36 VDC, 12 to 24 VAC (depending
on model).
Power Consumption: 20 W (6 W
on low voltage models).
Mounting: 1/8 DIN.
Housing Material: UL rated 94V-0
high impact plastic.
Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X (IP66)
front panel.
Weight: 9.6 oz (272 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, UL.
®
Iso Verter II Signal Conditioning Modules
Accepts Virtually All Standard Process Signals
0.886
[22.5]
1.400
[35.5]
2.950
[75]
3.880 [98.5]
ELECTRICAL
Linearized and isolated RTD and Thermocouple transmitters are part of the
Series SC4000 Iso Verter® II Signal Conditioning Modules. These modules
completely isolate the input from the output and from ground. Compatible with
industry standard 35 mm DIN Rail mount transmitters and isolators, these modules
are easily applied in new or existing installations.
The SC4380 Process Signal Converter/isolator accepts virtually all standard
process signals as an input, and isolates and retransmits the signal in either the same
units or virtually any other standard process signal. The SC4380 can be field
programmed for reverse or direct action and can receive and transmit single sided
or bipolar* signals. Low Voltage units (SCL) are also available.
To Order Use Range Code as Suffix:
SC4380 & SCL4380 Operating Ranges
inputs
Outputs
Current
Current
Voltage
0 to 5 mA
0 to 1 mA
0 to 100 mV
0 to 10 mA
0 to 5 mA
0 to 200 mV
0 to 10 mA
0 to 20 mA
0 to 500 mV
0 to 20 mA
1 to 5 mA
0 to 1 V
0 to 50 mA
4 to 20 mA
0 to 5 V
0 to 100 mA
0 to 10 V
1 to 5 mA
1 to 5 V
4 to 20 mA
2 to 10 V
10 to 50 mA
62
Voltage
0 to 1 V
0 to 5 V
0 to 10 V
1 to 5 V
2 to 10 V
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
SPECiFiCATiONS
isolation: 1500 VAC RMS.
Linearity: 0.1% of full-scale.
Drift: ±0.02%/°C typical, ±0.05%/ °C
maximum.
Power Supply: SC: 85 to 265
VDC/VAC 50 to 400 Hz; SCL: 12 to
24 VDC/VAC 50 to 400 Hz.
Output Loads: Current: 600 Ω max
voltage: 500 Ω min (20 mA
maximum).
input Characteristics: SC4380:
Voltage: 1 M Ω impedance; Current:
10 Ω; SC4151: RTD Search current
< 500 µA; SC4130: 3 M Ω
impedance.
Case Size: 0.866˝ W (22.5 mm) x
2.950˝ H (75.0 mm) 3 3.880˝ D
(98.5 mm).
Mounting: Mounts on industry
standard 35 mm DIN Rail (DIN
EN50022-35).
SC4380 & SCL4380*, Iso Verter® II Process Signal Converter/Isolators
*SCL models are low voltage units.
Note: The term “bipolar” refers to an input or output that crosses zero volts.
Certain devices have ranges that run from minus to plus voltages (eg. -1 to +5
VDC, -10 to +10 VDC, etc.). The SC4380 Iso Verter® II can be set up to accept
a bipolar signal input or provide a bipolar output.
063_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:56 AM Page 1
Series
62
Hockey Puck Solid State Relay
10 or 25 Amp, SPST-NO Operation
RoHS
1-3/32
[27.94]
1
OUTPUT
2
LED
INPUT
(INPUT VOLTAGE)
1-13/32
1 [35.56]
[25.40]
1-45/64
[43.18]
SOLID STATE RELAY
HSSR-XXA-XX
4
DATE CODE
3
2-19/64
[58.42]
1-51/64
[45.72]
1
[25.40]
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating and Load Voltage Range: 24 to 280 VAC.
Electrical Connection: Spade lug.
Switching Operation: SPST normally open.
Switching Type: Zero cross.
Temperature Limits: -40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C).
Voltage Loss: 1.6 VAC max.
Output Leakage Current: 10 mA max.
Housing: Polyamide 6.
Weight: 3.5 oz.
Agency Approvals: CE, RoHS, cUL, UL.
Series 62 Hockey Puck Style Solid State Relay features a terminal cover and
LED status indicator. The optically coupled circuitry isolates the input terminals
from the output terminals to give the relay 100% pure solid state performance.
AC Operated
Model
6210AXXSZS-AC90
6225AXXSZS-AC90
DC Operated
Model
6210AXXSZS-DC3
6225AXXSZS-DC3
Input Voltage Range
90 to 280 VAC
90 to 280 VAC
Rated Current Load
10 amp
25 amp
Input Voltage Range
3 to 32 VDC
3 to 32 VDC
Rated Current Load
10 amp
25 amp
Series
9
FEATURES
• Hockey puck design
• Finger-safe cover
• LED status indicator
• Optically coupled circuitry
Electromechanical Relay
30 Amp, SPDT and DPDT Operation
1-5/8
[41.40]
19/64
[7.62] 1-15/64
1-1/16
[31.50]
[26.92]
R 5/64
[R 1.80]
DPDT
5/64
[2.03]
The 9 Electromechanical Relay is small in size, features Class F insulation for a
max coil temperature of 155°C, quick-connect terminals for simple connection, and is
panel mountable. The relays are compact and impervious to shock and vibration. The
EMR is perfect for motor control, power supplies, lighting, and compressor loads.
DC Operated Model
9AS5D5224
92S11D22D12
92S11D22D24
Input Voltage
24 VDC
12 VDC
24 VDC
ACCESSORIES
16-9ADIN1, Din Adaptor
A-360, Aluminum DIN Rail 1 m
Coil
Resistance
500 Ω
3000 Ω
250 Ω
1600 Ω
Coil
Resistance
576 Ω
86 Ω
1600 Ω
2-11/32
[59.44]
DPDT
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating and Load Voltage Range: 12-277 VAC; 5-110 VDC.
Electrical Connection: Quick-connect tab terminals. SPDT 0.187˝ coil
terminal/0.25˝ contact terminal; DPDT 0.25˝ coil terminal/0.25˝ contact
terminal.
Switching Operation: SPDT or DPDT.
Electrical Rating: SPDT: NO 30 A @ 240 VAC / 28 VDC; NC 10 A @ 240
VAC / 28 VDC; DPDT: 30 A @ 240 VAC 20 A @ 28 VDC.
Temperature Limits: Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); Operation: -40 to
131°F (-40 to 55°C).
Voltage Loss: 2.5 VA (VAC); 1W (VDC).
Cycle Life: 100,000 cycles (electrical); 10,000,000 cycles (mechanical).
Housing: Polyester resin.
Weight: 1.16 oz (45 g) (SPDT); 3 oz (85 g) (DPDT).
Agency Approvals: CE, RoHS, cUL, UL, (EMR-XXXX-DPDT), cUR, UR
(EMR-XXXX-SPDT).
FEATURES
• Compact size
• 30 amp rating
• Quick-connect terminals
• Flange mounting
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
63
ELECTRICAL
Input Voltage
24 VAC 50/60 Hz
120 VAC 50/60 Hz
24 VAC 50/60 Hz
120 VAC 50/60 Hz
1-3/32
[27.94]
2-3/64
[51.85]
2-11/16
[68.07]
0.25 X 0.033 [6.35 X 0.84] QUICK CONNECT
TEMINALS WITH SOLDER HOLE
Ø3/32
[Ø2.29] FOR #8 SCREWS
1-39/64
1-11/32 3/16
1-3/16 [40.89]
[34.29] [4.83]
[29.97]
SPDT
SPDT
AC Operated Model
9AS5A5224
9AS5A52120
92S11A22D24
92S11A22D120
1-61/64
[49.53]
1
[25.25]
RoHS
064_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:57 AM Page 1
Series
781
SPDT Ice Cube Relays
20 Amp, SPDT Operation
RoHS
1-19/32
[40.60]
(VOLTAGE)
RoHS
1-3/32
[27.09]
When used with socket
Current limited 10
Reading at relay or
Socket whichever is less
WIRING DIAGRAM
NEMA - IEC
OBSERVE POLARITY
DC COILS VIEWED
FROM PIN END
COIL: XXX VXC
20A, 277 VAC 50/60Hz, 28 VDC
CSA 1DA, 277 VAC, RES
1/2HP. 110-120 V 50/60Hz
1HP. 220-250VAC 50/60Hz
8300 PILOT DUTY
35/64
[14.00]
Picture shown with socket accessory
(sold separately)
The Series 781 Electromechanical Ice Cube Relay is a full-featured SPDT
relay that can be used to handle loads up to 20 amps for AC or DC circuits. It features
a flag status indicator and a LED status lamp to let the user know when the relay is
activated. In order to differentiate between AC and DC actuated models, the pushto-test button is color-coded. For testing the operation, a removable lock-down lever
holds the test button in place. The clear plastic housing gives a view of the contacts,
and there is a removable I.D tag for labeling the circuit.
AC Operated Model
781XAXM4L-24A
781XAXM4L-120A
781XAXM4L-240A
DC Operated Model
781XAXM4L-24D
Input Voltage
24 VAC 50/60 Hz
120 VAC 50/60 Hz
240 VAC 50/60 Hz
Input Voltage
24 VDC
Series
782
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating and Load Voltage Range: 24 to 240 VAC; 24 VDC.
Electrical Connection: Silver alloy plug-in contacts.
Switching Operation: SPDT.
Electrical Rating: 20 A @ 120 / 277 VAC (50/60Hz) or 28 VDC.
Temperature Limits:
Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C);
Operation: -40 to 131°F (-40 to 55°C).
Power Consumption: 0.9 VA; 0.7W.
Cycle Life: 100,000 cycles (electrical); 10,000,000 cycles (mechanical).
Housing: Plastic polycarbonate.
Weight: 1.02 oz (29 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, RoHS, cUL, UL, cUR, UR.
Coil Resistance
180 Ω
4430 Ω
15720 Ω
Coil Resistance
750 Ω
ACCESSORY
70-781D5-1A, Socket for 781 Series Relay
DPDT Ice Cube Relays
15 Amp, DPDT Operation
RoHS
53/64
[21.00]
19/64
[7.37]
IND. CONT. EQ.
ALTERNATE NEMA OR
IEC NUMBERS,
VIEWED FROM PIN
SIDE
When used with socket 70-458-1,
70-7820-1 or 70-78208-1
Current limited to reading of
relay or socket whichever is less
1-3/32
[27.90]
15A, 120 VAC 50/60Hz RES
12A, 277 VAC 50/60Hz RES
10A 277 VAC RES. (CSA)
12A, 28 VDC
1/2 HP 120 VAC
1 HP 250 VAC
8300 PILOT DUTY
1/64
[0.50]
1-17/32
[39.10]
3/16
[4.75]
ELECTRICAL
Picture shown with socket accessory
(sold separately)
The Series 782 Electromechanical Ice Cube Relay is a full-featured DPDT
relay that can be used to switch two different devices with a single trigger. With a
rating of 15 amps, the relay can be used to stop and start small fans, motors, and
pumps directly. It features a flag status indicator and a LED status lamp to let the
user know when the relay is activated. In order to differentiate between AC and DC
actuated models, the push-to-test button is color-coded. For testing the operation, a
removable lock-down lever holds the test button in place. The clear plastic housing
gives a view of the contacts, and there is a removable I.D tag for labeling the circuit.
AC Operated Model
782XBXM4L-24A
782XBXM4L-120A
782XBXM4L-240A
DC Operated Model
782XBXM4L-24D
64
Input Voltage
24 VAC 50/60 Hz
120 VAC 50/60 Hz
240 VAC 50/60 Hz
Input Voltage
24 VDC
Coil Resistance
180 Ω
4430 Ω
15720 Ω
Coil Resistance
650 Ω
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating and Load Voltage Range: 24 to 240 VAC; 24 VDC.
Electrical Connection: Silver alloy plug-in contacts.
Switching Operation: DPDT.
Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120 VAC 50/60Hz; 12 A @ 277 VAC 50/60 Hz or
28 VDC (UL); 10 A @ 277 VAC 50/60 Hz (CSA).
Temperature Limits:
Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C);
Operation: -40 to 131°F (-40 to 55°C).
Power Consumption: 1.2 VA; 0.9W.
Cycle Life: 100,000 cycles (electrical); 10,000,000 cycles (mechanical).
Housing: Plastic polycarbonate.
Weight: 1.3 oz (36 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, RoHS, cUL, UL, cUR, UR.
ACCESSORY
70-782D8-1A, Socket for 782 Series Relay
065_Layout 2 3/4/14 9:05 AM Page 1
Series
783
3PDT Ice Cube Relays
15 Amp, 3PDT Operation
3/16
[4.75]
RoHS
1-37/64
[40.00]
1-7/32
[30.80]
1/64
[0.51]
(VOLTAGE)
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating and Load Voltage Range: 24 to 120 VAC; 24 VDC.
Electrical Connection: Silver alloy plug-in contacts.
Switching Operation: 3PDT.
Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120 VAC 50/60 Hz; 12 A @ 277 VAC 50/60 Hz or
28 VDC.
Temperature Limits: Storage: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); Operation:
-40 to 131°F (-40 to 55°C).
Power Consumption: 1.5 VA; 1.4 W.
Cycle Life: 200,000 cycles (electrical); 10,000,000 cycles (mechanical).
Housing: Plastic polycarbonate.
Weight: 2.1 oz (60 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, CSA, RoHS, cUL, UL, cUR, UR.
The Series 783 Electromechanical Ice Cube Relay is a full featured 3PDT
relay that can control up to 3 devices with a single trigger. It features a flag status
indicator and a LED status lamp to let the user know when the relay is activated. In
order to differentiate between AC and DC actuated models, the push-to-test button
is color-coded. For testing the operation, a removable lock-down lever holds the test
button in place. The clear plastic housing gives a view of the contacts, and there is a
removable I.D tag for labeling the circuit. The Series 783 can handle loads up to 15
amps.
Coil Resistance
103 Ω
2770Ω
Coil Resistance
400 Ω
Series
784
ACCESSORIES
70-783D11-1A, Socket for 783 Series Relay
70-ASMM-24, Protection Modules, MOV Suppressor, 24 VAC/VDC
70-ASMM-120, Protection Modules, MOV Suppressor,120 VAC/VDC
70-ASMD-250, Protection Modules, Protection Diode, 6 to 250 VDC
16-750/788CBJ-1, Coil Bus Jumpers
4PDT Ice Cube Relays
15 Amp, 4PDT Operation
1-3/32
[27.90]
17/64
[6.60]
1/64
[0.50]
When used with socket 70-78401.
Current limited to rating of relay
or socket whichever is less.
1-19/32
[40.60]
RoHS
784XDXM4L
COIL: XXX VXC
367G IND. CONT. EQ.
Input Voltage
24 VAC 50/60 Hz
120 VAC 50/60 Hz
Input Voltage
24 VDC
LISTED 367C
IND. CONT. ED.
17/64
[6.57]
Picture shown with socket accessory
(sold separately)
AC Operated Model
783XCXM4L-24A
783XCXM4L-120A
DC Operated Model
783XCXM4L-24D
When used with socket 70-78301
Current limited to rating at relay
or socket whichever is less
1-3/32
[27.90]
RoHS
(VOLTAGE)
1-17/32
[39.10]
3/16
[4.75]
15A, 120 V 50/60 Hz (30A MAX) 1Ø
12A, 28 VDC
12A, 277 V 50/60 Hz (20A MAX) 1Ø
1/2 HP 120 VAC, 3/4 HP 250 VAC 1Ø
8300 PILOT DUTY
Picture shown with socket accessory
(sold separately)
AC Operated Model
784XDXM4L-24A
784XDXM4L-120A
DC Operated Model
784XDXM4L-24D
Input Voltage
24 VAC 50/60 Hz
120 VAC 50/60 Hz
Input Voltage
24 VDC
Coil Resistance
84.5 Ω
2220 Ω
Coil Resistance
388 Ω
SPECIFICATIONS
Operating and Load Voltage
Range: 24 to 120 VAC; 24 VDC.
Electrical Connection: Silver alloy
plug-in contacts.
Switching Operation: 4PDT.
Electrical Rating: 15 A @ 120 VAC
50/60Hz; 12 A @ 277 VAC 50/60 Hz
or 28 VDC.
Temperature Limits: Storage: -40
to 185°F (-40 to 85°C); Operation:
-40 to 131°F (-40 to 55°C).
Power Consumption: 1.5 VA; 1.5
W.
Cycle Life: 200,000 cycles
(electrical); 10,000,000 cycles
(mechanical).
Housing: Plastic polycarbonate.
Weight: 2.8 oz (80 g).
Agency Approvals: CE, CSA,
RoHS, cUL, UL, cUR, UR.
ACCESSORIES
70-784D14-1, Socket for 784 Series Relay
70-ASMM-24, Protection Modules, MOV Suppressor, 24 VAC/VDC
70-ASMM-120, Protection Modules, MOV Suppressor,120 VAC/VDC
70-ASMD-250, Protection Modules, Protection Diode, 6 to 250 VDC
16-750/788CBJ-1, Coil Bus Jumpers
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
65
ELECTRICAL
The Series 784 Electromechanical Ice Cube Relay is a full featured 4PDT
relay that can be used to handle loads up to 15 amps for AC or DC circuits. Utilizing
the same trigger, this relay can be used in underground parking garage applications
to signal audible and visual alarms for high levels of carbon monoxide, while opening
the dampers and starting the exhaust fans. It features a flag status indicator and a
LED status lamp to let the user know when the relay is activated. In order to
differentiate between AC and DC actuated models, the push-to-test button is colorcoded. For testing the operation, a removable lock-down lever holds the test button
in place. The clear plastic housing gives a view of the contacts and there is a
removable I.D tag for labeling the circuit.
066_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:57 AM Page 1
Static Pressure Tips
4˝
A-302F-B
A-302F-A
A-489
6˝
Flange View
A-491
A-302F-C
8˝
A-493
The Stainless Steel Static Pressure Tips are used to measure static pressures
in ducts or rooms. They are to be connected to differential pressure switches and
transmitters. Two static sensors are used in applications where differential pressure
is required across a filter or coil. These sensors include a mounting flange with
integral rubber gasket and two screws for simplifying mounting on a duct.
SPECIFICATIONS
Sizes: 4˝ (101 mm), 6˝ (152 mm), 8˝ (203 mm).
Materials: 304 SS sensor tube, 303 SS hose barb, 430 SS flange.
Connection: Barb connection for use with 3/16˝ ID tubing.
A-302F-A, 4˝ Hook style SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange
A-302F-B, 6˝ Hook style SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange
A-302F-C, 8˝ Hook style SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange
A-489, 4˝ Straight SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange
A-491, 6˝ Straight SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange
A-493, 8˝ Straight SS Static Pressure Tip with mounting flange
Designed for simplified installation, these are easy to install, inexpensive, and
provides accurate static pressure sensing in smooth air at velocities up to 1500
FPM.
A-307, Static Pressure Fitting, for 1/4˝ metal tubing connection
A-307-SS, same as above in Stainless Steel
A-308, Static Pressure Fitting, for 3/16˝ and 1/8˝ ID plastic or rubber tubing
A-414, SS Clean Room Pressure Sensor
These static pressure tips are ideal for applications such as sensing the static
pressure drop across industrial air filters and refrigerant coils. Here the
probability of air turbulence requires that the pressure sensing openings be
located away from the duct walls to minimize impingement and aspiration, and
thus ensure accurate readings. For a permanent installation of this type, the
Dwyer No. A-301 or A-302 Static Pressure Tip is used. It senses static pressure
through radially-drilled holes near the tip and can be used in air flow velocities
up to 12,000 FPM. The angled tips shown have 4˝ insertion depth. Each has
four radially drilled .040˝ sensing holes. All except Model A-303 mount in 3/8˝
hole in duct. For portable use, a magnet holds No. A-303 in place.
A-308
A-414
A-301
A-302
A-301, Static Pressure Tip, for 1/4˝ metal tubing connection
A-301-A, Static Pressure Tip, same as A-301 with 6˝ insertion depth
A-301-B, Static Pressure Tip, same as A-301 with 8˝ insertion depth
A-301-C, Static Pressure Tip, same as A-301 with 12˝ insertion depth
A-301-SS, same as A-301 in Stainless Steel
A-302, Static Pressure Tip, for 3/16˝ and 1/8˝ ID plastic or rubber tubing
A-302-A, Static Pressure Tip, same as A-302 with 6˝ insertion depth
A-303, Portable Static Pressure Tip, for 3/16˝ ID rubber or plastic tubing with 4˝
insertion
A-305 low resistance Static Pressure Tip is designed for use in dust-laden air
and for rapid response applications. It is recommended where a very low
actuation pressure is required for a pressure switch or indicating gage — or
where response time is critical.
A-303
A-305
ACCESSORIES
A-305, Static Pressure Tip, low resistance application, furnished with two (2)
hex jam nuts and two (2) mounting washers for duct mounting and with 1/8˝
NPT pipe thread for pressure connection
A-305-SS, same as A-305 in Stainless Steel
A-306, Outdoor static pressure sensor. Provides average outdoor pressure
signal for reference in building pressurization applications. Includes sensor, 50´
vinyl tubing, mounting bracket and hardware. Red Sensor
A-306-A, Outdoor static pressure sensor. Provides average outdoor pressure
signal for reference in building pressurization applications. Includes sensor, 50´
vinyl tubing, mounting bracket and hardware. Gray Sensor
A-306-A
66
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
A-307
067_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:58 AM Page 1
Static Pressure Accessories
The A-465 Static Pressure Pick-Up provides a clean solution for sensing
space pressure. The sensor can be mounted on sheetrock walls, single gang
electrical boxes, or on ceiling tiles. Molded from ABS plastic, the A-465
provides an integral barb fitting and includes tubing, mounting screws and
anchors.
A-465
Model A-417A, Static Pressure Pickup. For use in clean rooms, 60 micron
filter picks up static pressure. Stainless steel wall plate fits 2˝ x 4˝ electrical
box. Sealed with foam gasket, screws included. Barbed brass fitting holds 1/8˝
to 3/16˝ ID tubing.
A-417A
Models A-418E & A-418N, Static Pressure Pickup. Room mount with plastic
enclosure fits 2˝ x 4˝ electrical box. Fine mesh screen hides static pressure
pickup port. Clean connection to 1/8˝ to 3/16˝ ID tubing and pressure sensor.
Sealed with foam gasket, screws included.
A-418E
A-418N
Model A-419A, Static Pressure Pickup Ceiling Mount. Plate rests on top of
standard 3/4˝ thick ceiling tile while 60 micron filter faces down through 5/8˝
hole in tile. Filter is barely noticeable in room being monitored. Unit mounts to
junction box. Barbed brass fitting holds 1/8˝ to 3/16˝ ID tubing.
A-419A
Model A-420A, Static Pressure Pickup for Roof or Outside Mount. Reduces
effects of wind gusts to keep pressure readings stable when plate is parallel to
ground. Structure withstands harsh environmental elements. Structure is 31/4˝ across and 2-3/8˝ deep. EMT Conduit fitting is 1/2˝. Pressure connection
is brass barbed fitting for 1/8˝ and 3/16˝ ID tubing.
A-420A
Surge Damper
Model A-421, Static Pressure Tip measures duct static air pressure. Assembly
includes 6˝ probe, silicon rubber hose, and screws. Built-in surge damper
ensures stable readings on pressure sensor. Pressure spike reducer can be
added to end of tube to further smooth over pressure fluctuations.
A-421
67
ACCESSORIES
CONTACT US | U.S. 219/879-8000 | U.K. (+44) (0)1494-461707 | A.U. (+61) (0) 2 4272 2055 | China +852-23181007
068_Layout 2 3/4/14 8:58 AM Page 1
Gage Tubing Accessories
MODELS
A-200, Norprene® tubing is useful in a wide range of temperatures from -75 to
275°F (-60 to 135°C) and will not weaken after long term exposure to heat and
ozone.
A-200-1, 3/16˝ ID x 5/16˝ OD, 13 psi maximum pressure @ 73°F (90 kPa @
23°C); 50´
A-200-2, 1/4˝ ID x 3/8˝ OD, 10 psi maximum pressure @ 73°F (69 kPa @
23°C); 50´
Gage Tubing
A-201, Rubber latex tubing has less tendency to kink in storage and occupies
less space, thus is best for portable work. 3/16˝ ID, 9´ length
A-200
A-201/A-202
A-202, Rubber latex tubing. 3/16˝ ID, lengths to 50´
A-203, Clear PVC tubing is easily inspected and is therefore best for test
applications where a possibility of fluid entering the tubing exists. 1/8˝ ID x 1/4˝
OD, lengths to 100´; 60 psi max. pressure @ 73°F (22°C)
A-203
A-204
A-221, Clear flexible vinyl tubing is easily inspected, and is therefore best for
test applications where a possibility of fluid entering the tubing exists. 1/8˝ ID
x 3/16˝ OD, lengths to 500´; 40 psi maximum pressure @ 165°F (276 kPa @
74°C)
A-225, Flexible double column plastic tubing is used with Mark II manometers
and the Wind Speed Indicator. Light gray with red color code stripe. 1/8˝ ID,
lengths to 750´
A-221
A-220
A-204, Flexible colored vinyl tubing is quickly distinguishable in applications
where more than one line is required aiding installation. 3/16˝ ID x 5/16˝ OD,
lengths to 500´; 45 psi maximum pressure @ 165°F (310 kPa @ 74°C)
A-204-A, Opaque Red
A-204-B, Opaque Blue
A-204-C, Opaque White
A-204-D, Opaque Black
A-220, Clear flexible vinyl tubing is easily inspected, and is therefore best for
test applications where a possibility of fluid entering the tubing exists. 3/16˝ ID
x 5/16˝ OD, lengths to 500´; 45 psi maximum pressure @ 73°F (310 kPa @
23°C)
A-225
A-222
A-222, Clear flexible vinyl tubing is easily inspected, and is therefore best for
test applications where a possibility of fluid entering the tubing exists. .240˝ ID
x .375˝ OD, lengths to 500´; 35 psi maximum pressure @ 73°F (240 kPa @
23°C)
A-223, Black polyethylene tubing offers long life, great stability and resistance
to corrosion. 1/8˝ ID x 1/4˝ OD, 10´ length; 200 psi maximum @ 140°F (1379
kPa @ 60°C)
A-223
A-223P
A-224, Black nylon tubing is recommended for high temperature and pressure
applications. Lengths to 1312 ft; -40 to 248°F (-40 to 120°C).
A-224-A, 0.23˝ ID x 5/16˝ OD; 362 psi (2500 kPa) working pressure
A-224-B, 0.256˝ ID x 3/8˝ OD, 406 psi (2800 kPa) working pressure
A-223P, Black plenum fire retardent polyethylene tubing meets NFPA standard
90A for installation in air-conditioning and ventilating plenum spaces; also
used in building automation systems. Lengths to 500´, 100 psig maximum
pressure @ 75°F (689 kPa @ 24°C).
A-223P-1, .17˝ ID x .25˝ OD
A-223P-2, 1/4˝ ID x 3/8˝ OD
A-224
A-210/A-211
A-210, Aluminum tubing is recommended for permanent installations. 1/4˝ OD,
5´ length, 500 psi maximum pressure @ 200°F (3447 kPa @ 93°C)
ACCESSORIES
A-211, Aluminum tubing, 1/4˝ OD, 50´ length, 500 psi maximum pressure @
200°F (3447 kPa @ 93°C)
Norprene® is a registered trademark of Saint-Gobain Adhesives, Inc.
68
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC. | www.dwyer-inst.com
ifcibc_Layout 1 3/20/14 12:49 PM Page 1
ORDERING IS EASY FROM DWYER
PHONE
219/879-8000
FAX
219/872-9057
Dwyer Instruments, Inc. - Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale
EMAIL
[email protected]
WEBSITE
www.dwyer-inst.com
LOCAL SUPPORT GLOBALLY
Corporate Headquarters
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC.
102 Indiana Highway 212,
P.O. Box 373
Michigan City, IN 46360, U.S.A.
United Kingdom
DWYER INSTRUMENTS LTD
Unit 16, The Wye Estate, London Road
High Wycombe, Bucks HP11 1LH-U.K.
PHONE
219/879-8000
PHONE
FAX
(+44) (0) 1494 461707 (+44) (0) 1494 465102
FAX
219/872-9057
Australia
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, PTY. LTD.
Unit 1, 11 Waverley Drive
Unanderra, NSW 2526 Australia
Hong Kong
DWYER INSTRUMENTS HK, LTD.
Unit 605A, 6/F, Shui Hing Centre
13 Sheung Yuet Road, Kowloon Bay, Hong Kong
PHONE
(+61) (0) 2 4272 2055
PHONE
+852-23181007
FAX
(+61) (0) 2 4272 4055
FAX
+852-27561565
INTERNATIONAL CUSTOMERS
Dwyer has local distributors in over 50 countries. Contact the office of your country or contact the corporate
headquarters to find your local distributor. You can also go to our website at the following address to be contacted by
your local distributor: http://www.dwyer-inst.com/Distributors/DistContactInfo.cfm.
OTHER CONTACTS
TECHNICAL
SUPPORT
[email protected]
LITERATURE
REQUESTS
[email protected]
STANDARD TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SALE
QUOTATION/
BID REQUESTS
[email protected]
GENERAL
INFORMATION
[email protected]
1. Prices and Specifications are subject to change without notice.
2. Shipping dates are approximate. They are dependent upon credit approval and subject to delays beyond our control.
3. Terms: Net 30 days to companies with established credit rating. In the event Buyer fails to fulfill previous terms of payment, or in case
Seller shall have any doubt at any time as to Buyer's financial responsibility, Seller may decline to make further deliveries except upon
receipt of cash in advance or other special arrangements.
4. Point and Title: All material is sold EXW Ex Works Dwyer Instruments, Inc. Title to all material sold shall pass to buyer upon delivery
by Seller to carrier at shipping point.
5. State and Local Taxes: Any taxes which the Seller may be required to pay or collect upon or with respect to the sale, purchase,
delivery, use or consumption of any of the material covered hereby shall be for the account of the Buyer and shall be added to the
purchase price.
6. Special tooling, dies, silk screens and molds acquired specially to produce goods for Buyer remain the property of Dwyer Instruments,
Inc., and may not be removed. They will be maintained in good condition for a minimum period of three years from the date of the
original purchase order.
7. Trade Compliance: Buyer acknowledges that the products, software, and technology, including technical information and documents
(collectively “Items”), of Dwyer Instruments, Inc., are subject to regulation by agencies of the U.S. government including, but not limited
to, the U.S. Department of Commerce. Buyer shall comply with the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) and all applicable
U.S.laws and regulations regarding the sale, delivery and transfer of said Items. Buyer shall not, without first obtaining the required
licenses, authorizations or approvals from the appropriate U.S. government agency; (i) export, re-export, transfer or divert any Item
directly or indirectly to any country or national resident thereof, or any person, entity or country that has restrictions imposed upon
them by the U.S. government, (ii) engage in, or knowingly sell to any party engaged in activity related to the development, production,
use, testing, or maintenance of Weapons of Mass Destruction, including uses related to nuclear, missile, chemical or biological
warfare, or (iii) engage in, or knowingly sell to any party engaged in activity related to the development, production, use, or
maintenance of any safeguarded or unsafeguarded nuclear fuel facility or components for such facilities. Buyer shall fully cooperate
with Seller, without charge, in any official audit or inspection by an authorized agent, official, employee, or accredited representative
of the U.S. government. Buyer shall indemnify and hold Seller harmless from, or in connection with, any violation of this Section by
Buyer, its employees, consultants, agents, or customers. The obligations, requirements and claims described herein shall survive the
expiration of any business relationship with Dwyer Instruments, Inc., including its divisions, subsidiaries and affiliated companies.
8. Limited Warranty: The Seller warrants all Dwyer Instruments and equipment to be free from defects in workmanship or material under
normal use and service for a period of one year from date of shipment. Liability under this warranty is limited to repair or replacement
EXW Ex Works Dwyer Instruments, Inc. of any parts which prove to be defective within that time or repayment of the purchase price
at the Seller's option provided the instruments have been returned, transportation prepaid, within one year from date of purchase. All
technical advice, recommendations and services are based on technical data and information which the Seller believes to be reliable
and are intended for use by persons having skill and knowledge of the business, at their own discretion. In no case is Seller liable
beyond replacement of equipment EXW Ex Works Dwyer Instruments, Inc. or the full purchase price. This warranty does not apply if
the maximum ratings label is removed or if the instrument or equipment is abused, altered, used at ratings above the maximum
specified, or otherwise misused in any way.
THIS EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS MADE BY
ADVERTISEMENTS OR BY AGENTS AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, BOTH EXPRESS AND IMPLIED. THERE ARE NO IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE FOR GOODS COVERED HEREUNDER.
9. Buyer's Remedies: THE BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY ON ACCOUNT OF OR IN RESPECT TO THE FURNISHING
OF NON-CONFORMING OR DEFECTIVE MATERIAL SHALL BE TO SECURE REPLACEMENT THEREOF AS AFORESAID. THE
SELLER SHALL NOT IN ANY EVENT BE LIABLE FOR THE COST OF ANY LABOR EXPENDED ON ANY SUCH MATERIAL OR FOR
ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES TO ANYONE BY REASON OF THE FACT
THAT IT SHALL HAVE BEEN NON-CONFORMING OR DEFECTIVE.
10. Acceptance: All orders shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained or referred to in the Seller's quotation, acknowledgment,
and to those listed here and to no others whatsoever. No waiver, alteration or modification of these terms and conditions shall be
binding unless in writing and signed by an executive officer of the Seller. All orders are subject to written acceptance by Dwyer
Instruments, Inc., Michigan City, Indiana, U.S.A.
ofcobc_Layout 1 3/4/14 9:01 AM Page 1
CT-BAS
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC.
P.O. Box 373
Michigan City, IN 46360
Return Service Requested
©Copyright 2014 Dwyer Instruments, Inc.
Printed in U.S.A.
3/14
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement